< Matiu 18:18 >

18 “Nʼezie, asị m unu, na ihe ọbụla unu kere agbụ nʼụwa a, e keela ya rịị agbụ nʼeluigwe. Ihe ọbụla kwa unu tọpụrụ nʼụwa, a tọpụkwala ya rịị nʼeluigwe.
Nangmih taengah rhep ka thui, diklai hmanah na pin uh te tah vaan ah a pin ni. Tedae diklai ah na hlam uh te tah vaan ah a hlam ni.
Amen
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀμήν
Greek:
Ἀμὴν
Transliteration:
Amēn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
amen
Morphhology:
Interjection Transcribed from Hebrew
Grammar:
an Interjection
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
ἀμήν
Transliteration:
amēn
Gloss:
amen
Morphhology:
Hebrew Interjection
Definition:
ἀμήν, indecl. (Heb. אָמֵן, verbal adj. fr. אמן, to prop. ni, be firm), [in LXX: 1Ch.16:36, I Est.9:46, Neh.5:13 8:6, Tob.8:8 14:15, 3Ma.7:23, 4Ma.18:24 (elsewhere ''א is rendered ἀληθινός, Isa.65:16; ἀληθῶς, Je 35 (28):6; γένοιτο, Num.5:22, Deu.27:15 ff, 3Ki.1:36, Psa.40 (41):13 71 (72):19 105 (106):48, Jer.11:5)*.] 1) As adj. (cf. Is, l.with), ὁ ἀ, Rev.3:14. 2) As adv., (a) in solemn assent to the statements or prayers of another (Nu, Ne, etc, ll. with): ὁ ἀ, 1Co.14:16; (b) similarly, at the end of one's own prayer or ascription of praise: Rom.1:25 15:33, Gal.1:5, 1Ti.1:17; (with) in the Gospels, exclusively, introducing solemn statements of our Lord, truly, verily: Mat.5:18, 26 Mrk.3:28 (see Swete, in l.), Luk.4:24, al; ἀ. ἀ, always in Jhn.1:52 3:3 5:19, al; τὸ ναί, καὶ. τὸ ἀ, 2Co.1:20 (on usage in π, see MM, VGT, see word). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀμήν
Transliteration:
amēn
Gloss:
amen
Morphhology:
Hebrew Interjection
Definition:
ἀμήν, Hebrew adverb verily, of a truth, so be it, [LXX]; at beginning of sentence, [NT]
Strongs
Word:
ἀμήν
Transliteration:
amḗn
Pronounciation:
am-ane'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it); amen, verily; of Hebrew origin (h543)

I say
Strongs:
Strongs extended:
Greek:
λέγω
Transliteration:
legō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to speak
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Indicative 1st Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that happens - by a person or thing that is speaking or writing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Additional:
speak, to speak, speak/ask
Tyndale
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
legō
Gloss:
to say
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λέγω, [in LXX very freq, chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Gen.22:16, al;] 1) in Hom, to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. 2) In Hdt. and Att, to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol, Act.13:15, 24:10; before orat. dir, Mat.9:34, Mrk.3:11, Jhn.1:29, al; before ὅτι recit, Mrk.3:21, Luk.1:24, Jhn.6:14, al; accusative and inf, Luk.11:18, Jhn.12:29, al; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mat.11:17, al; ἀπεκρίθη (ἐλάλησεν) λέγων (καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mat.25:9, Mrk.3:33, 7:28, Luk.24:6, 7, al; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mat.3:9, Luk.3:8, al; of writing, 2Co.8:8, Php.4:11, al; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Rom.4:3, Jas.2:23, al; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.8:8, 9:33, Jhn.5:34, al; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369f.), Mat.27:11, Mrk.15:2, Luk.23:3, Jhn.18:37; with dative of person(s), before orat. dir, Mat.8:20, Mrk.2:17, al. mult; id. before ὅτι, Mat.3:9, al; with prep, πρός, μετά, περί, etc, Mrk.4:41, Jhn.11:56, Heb.9:5, al; to mean (cl.), Mrk.14:71, Jhn.6:71, 1Co.10:29, al; to call, name, Mrk.10:18; pass, Mat.9:9, Mrk.15:7, al (cf. ἀντι, δια- (-μαι), προ, συλ-λέγω). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr, Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, see word λαλέω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
legō
Gloss:
to say
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λέγω, B) pick up, etc: tenses for signification 1 and 11, future λέξω [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist ἔλεξα [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, future in passive sense λέξομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐλεξάμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ἐλέγμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, aorist ἐλέχθην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; post-[Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect εἴλοχα (κατ, συν-), passive εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (see. the compounds); also future λεγήσομαι (συλ-): aorist 2 ἐλέγην (κατ, συν-):—gather, pick up, ὀστέα. λέγωμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, gather for oneself, ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.2) middle, choose for oneself, pick out, λέξαιτο. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, to be chosen, εἰ. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι [Refs] B.II) count, tell, ἐν δ᾽ ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and in aorist middle, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέκτο δ᾽ ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, [Refs]:—passive, μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.b) so, but not frequently, after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also καὶ σὲ δ᾽ ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κέρδος λ, εἰ. count it gain, that, [Refs]:—middle, λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future middle in passive sense, ἐν τοῖς οὐκέτ᾽ οὖσι λέξομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) recount, tell over, οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also Ἀγαμέμνονι. λέγ᾽ ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —middle, τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθα; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς[Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III) say, speak, first in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future λέξω [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἔλεξα [Refs 6th c.BC+] and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, [Refs 5th c.BC+]perfect λέλεχα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—passive, future λεχθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also future middle in passive sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect λέλεγμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] in this sense only in compound δι-): rare in compounds (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the present in most compounds being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the future by ἐρῶ, the aorist by εἶπον, the perfect by εἴρηκα: B.III.1) say, speak, never in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Trag. downwards; of all kinds of oral communications, ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (so in passive, λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of oracles, say, declare, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατά τινος against him, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. τά τινος take his part, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.2) with accusative et infinitive, say that, [Refs 5th c.BC+], and usually in later Gr, [LXX+NT+5th c.BC+]participle, λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, λέξεται ἔχων [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.3) λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, especially κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.4) call by name, ἃς τρέμομεν λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with double accusative, call so and so, λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν ἄνδρα τόνδε τῶν σταθμῶν κύνα [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5) λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so with τινι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα. εἴπῃ σοι. [NT+4th c.BC+] B.III.6) λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγω τ; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority, οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! [Refs]; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news, that is well,[Refs]; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ, you are right, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τί λέγει; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.7) pleonastic, ἔφη λέγων [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.8) at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει, Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. ά, etc; τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε [Refs]; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in roman edicts, Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος. λέγει [Refs 1st c.AD+] B.III.9) wish to say, mean, οὔτοι γυναῖκας ἀλλὰ Γοργόνας λέγω [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοι; what does πρὸ Πύλοιο mean? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap.[Refs]; ἢ πῶς λέγομε; or what do we mean to say? Grg.[Refs]; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγει; [Refs]; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντές φασι. what they can possibly mean by saying, [Refs] you, I mean Cassandra, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is put in apposition with the word to be explained, Ἀντικλείας, τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.9.b) περὶ ἃς (i.e. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.10) ὡς λέγουσι as they say, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive, λέγεται it is said, c.accusative et infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι. [Refs]; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, [Refs 5th c.BC+] absolutely, as the saying goes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the so-called, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ λ. ὅτι. of whom it is said that, [Refs] B.III.11) of orators, speak (emphatically), λέγειν δεινός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; plead one's cause in a court of law, [Refs]; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.12) boast of, tell of, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Poets, sing of, θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας [Refs] B.III.13) recite what is written, λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε [Refs 5th c.BC+] and 10, etc; of lectures, ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος [Refs 2nd c.AD+] (the sense of Latin lego, read, occurs only in the compounds ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι). B.III.14) say or send word by another, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.15) maintain as a thesis, οἱ τὰς ἰδέας λέγοντες [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.16) nominate, Latin dicere [dictatorem], [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. (Cf. Latin lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').)
Strongs > g3004
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
légō
Pronounciation:
leg'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
properly, to "lay" forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas g2036 (ἔπω) and g5346 (φημί) generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while g4483 (ῥέω) is properly to break silence merely, and g2980 (λαλέω) means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean; ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter; a primary verb

to you;
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
ὑμῖν·
Transliteration:
humin
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Dative Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned persons being spoken or written to that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Additional:
to you
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. ( [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular

as much as
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὅσος
Greek:
ὅσα
Transliteration:
hosa
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Correlative pronoun Accusative Plural Neuter
Grammar:
a reference back to a TYPE of neuter people or things that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Additional:
as much as
Tyndale
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hosos
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Greek Correlative
Definition:
ὅσος, -η, -ον, correlat. of τοσοῦτος, how much, how many, how great, how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus); (a) of number and quantity: m. pl, Mat.14:36, Mrk.3:10, Rom.2:12, al; n. pl, Mat.17:12, Mrk.10:21, Luk.11:8, al; πάτνες (πάντα) ὅ, Mat.13:46, Luk.4:40, al; before οὗτοι (ταῦτα), Rom.8:14, Php.4:8; with indic, Mrk.6:56, Rev.3:19; with subjc. Mrk.3:28, al; ὅ. ἄν, Mat.18:18, Jhn.11:22, al; (b) of measure and degree: Mrk.3:8, Luk.8:39, Act.9:13; in compar. sent, ὅσον before μᾶλλον, Mrk.7:36; καθ᾽ ὅσον, with compar. Heb.3:3; before τοσοῦτο, Heb.7:20; οὕτως, Heb.9:27; τοσαύτῳ, with compar. before ὅσῳ, with compar, Heb.1:4; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, inasmuch as, Mat.25:40, 45 Rom.11:13; (with) of space and time: Rev.21:16; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, as long as, Mat.9:15, 2Pe.1:13; ἐφ᾽ ὅ. χρόνον, Rom.7:1, 1Co.7:39, Gal.4:1; ἔτι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον, yet how very short a time, Heb.10:37 (LXX). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hosos
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Greek Correlative
Definition:
ὅσος, Epic dialect ὅσσος, η, ον, both forms in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσος also in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; and in many dialects, e. g. Lesb, [Refs 7th c.BC+] ii 18 (ὄσσος), argument, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Central Cretan dialect ὄζος [Refs], and ὄττος [Refs] adjective:—of Size, as great as, how great; of Quantity, as much as, how much; of Space, as far as, how far; of Time, as long as, how long; of Number, as many as, how many; of Sound, as loud as, how loud: correlative with τόσος (τόσσος), τοσόσδε, τοσοῦτος, in sense as, τόσσον χρόνον ὅσσον ἄνωγας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοσοῦτον ὄχλον καὶ παρασκευήν, ὅσην. [Refs 4th c.BC+] as antecedent, χῶρον ἅπαντα ὅσσον. [Refs 8th c.BC+] just so much as, ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἴσον τῇς χώρας μέτα, ὅσονπερ ὑμῖν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσπίδες ὅσσαι ἄρισται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; agreeing with an antecedent implied in an adjective, γυναικείας ἀρετῆς, ὅσαι. the virtue of all the women, who, [Refs 5th c.BC+] substantive frequently precedes, where we put it in the Relat. clause, οὐδέ τι οἶδε πένθεος[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁρᾷς. τὴν θεῶν ἰσχύν, ὅση [ἐστί]; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὦ Ζεῦ, τὸ χρῆμα τῶν κόπων ὅσον! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ χρῆμα τῶν νυκτῶν ὅσον· ἀπέραντον! [Refs 8th c.BC+] the quantities of the first ingredient and the others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) with a partitive genitive in the principal clause, Τρώων θάνον ὅσσοι ἄριστοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔ τις. ὀνόσσεται, ὅσσοι Ἀχαιοί of all the Achaeans, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [τῶν στρατειῶν] ὅσαι τε καὶ μὴ ἐπικίνδυνοι which are and which are not, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; on τῶν ὅσοι, see ὁ, ἡ, τό [Refs 4th c.BC+] 3) of Time, ὅσαι ἡμέραι, ὅσα ἔτη, etc, see at {ὁσημέραι}. 4) with τις, in indirect questions, ἰδώμεθα. ὅσσος τις χρυσὸς. ἔνεστιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον τι ἐστί[Refs] 5) with accusative of extent, λίμνη. μέγαθος, ὅσηπερ ἡ ἐν Δήλῳ in size as large as that in Delos, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 6) with adjectives expressing Quantity, etc, both words being put in the same case, [πίθηκοι] ἄφθονοι ὅσοι. γίνονται, i. e. in amazing numbers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄχλος ὑπερφυὴς ὅσος prodigiously large, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπλάτων ὅσων, ἀμύθητα ὅσα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ ἱδρῶτος θαυμαστοῦ ὅσου [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently in adverbial construction, θαυμαστὸν ὅσον ἐπιδιδόντες [Refs 5th c.BC+] 7) with superlative, ὅσας ἂν πλείστας δύνωνται καταστρέφεσθαι τῶν πολίων the most they possibly could, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὅσον τάχος as quickly as possible, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον σθένος with all possible strength, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] 8) with infinitive, so much as is enough for, ὅσον ἀποζῆν enough to live off, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐδαιμονίας τοσοῦτον, ὅσον δοκεῖν so much as is enough for appearance, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) for ὅτι τοσοῦτος (see. οἷος [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) followed by Particles: III.1) ὅσος ἄν (κεν) how great (many) soever, with subjunctive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2) ὅσος δή of such and such a size or number (but in [Refs 8th c.BC+] naming such and such an amount, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπέταξε τοῖσι. ἔθνεσι γυναῖκας. κατιστάναι, ὅσας δὴ ἐπιτάσσων ordering such and such a number, [Refs]; παρεσκευάζοντο ἐπὶ μισθῷ ὅσῳ δή for payment of a certain amount, [Refs]; ὁσοσδηποτοῦν, in plural, any number whatsoever, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]however large, [Refs 1st c.BC+] III.3) ὁσοσοῦν, Ionic dialect -ῶν, ever so small, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in plural, however many, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.4) ὅσοσπερ, precisely as great as, τοῦ μὲν χειμῶνός ἐστι [ὁ Ἴστρος] ὅσοσπέρ ἐστι of its normal size, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: in plural, as many as, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and this is still more the case with Epic dialect ὅσος τε (compare ὅστε), [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV) Adverbial usages of ὅσον and ὅσα: IV.1) so far as, so much as, οὐ μέντοι ἐγὼ τόσον αἴτιός εἰμι, ὅσσον οἱ ἄλλοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive, ὅσον αὔξειν ἢ καθαιρεῖν so far as to, [Refs 4th c.BC+]infinitive, ὅσον γέ μ᾽ εἰδέναι as far as I know, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so μακραίων γ᾽, ὅσ᾽ ἀπεικάσαι conjecture in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but more frequently with indicative, ὅσσον ἔγωγε γιγνώσκω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον καθ᾽ ἕν᾽ ἄνδρα so far as was in one man's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσα γε τἀνθρώπεια humanly speaking, [Refs] IV.1.b) how far, how much, ἴστε γὰρ ὅσσον ἐμοὶ ἀρετῇ περιβάλλετον ἵπποι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with adjectives, how, ὅσον or ὅσσον. μέγ᾽ ὄνειαρ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV.2) only so far as, only just, ὅσον ἐς Σκαιάς τε πύλας καὶ φηγὸν ἵκανεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον καὶ ἀπὸ βοῆς ἕνεκα ὠργίζετο, opposed to τῷ ἀληθεῖ ἐχαλέπαινον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὐκ ἀπεκοιμήθημεν ὅ. ὅ. στίλη; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὅ. ὅ. [NT]; ὅσον· ὀλίγον, ὅσον ὅσον δέ, ὀλίγον ὀλίγον, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; παρ᾽ ὅσον ἧττον a little less, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; οὐδ᾽ ὅσον not even, οὐδ᾽ ὅ. ἀττάραγόν τυ δεδοίκαμες [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: absolutely, not the least mite, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; cf. IV. 5. IV.3) of size or distance, ὅσον τε about, nearly, ὅσον τ᾽ ὄργυιαν, ὅσον τε πυγούσιον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect ὅσον alone, ὅσον δύο πλέθρα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so of other measurements, ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἄρτον [Refs] IV.4) with adjectives of Quality or Degree, mostly with comparative, αἴθ᾽, ὅσον ἥσσων εἰμί, τόσον σέο φέρτερος εἴην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσον βασιλεύτερός εἰμι so far as, inasmuch as I am a greater king, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5) with negatives, ὅσον οὐ or ὁσονού just not, all but[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον οὐκ ἤδη almost immediately, [Refs 5th c.BC+] with future, presently, in a minute, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV.5.b) οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἠμύναντο, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἐσώθησαν not only not, but not even, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5.c) ὅσον μή so far as not, save or except so far as, καλός τε κἀγαθὸς τὴν φύσιν, ὅσον μὴ ὑβριστής (sic to be read) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον γ᾽ ἂν αὐτὸς μὴ ποτιψαύων so far as I can without touching, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes with a finite Verb, πείθεσθαι, ὅσον ἂν μὴ ἀνάγκη ᾖ [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.6) ὁσονοῦν, Ionic dialect ὁσονῶν, ever so little, εἰ τοίνυν ἐχιόνιζε καὶ ὁσονῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.7) ὅσα and ὅσαπερ, just like{ὡς, ὥσπερ}, as, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) ὅσῳ, ὅσῳπερ, by how much, frequently with comparative, ὅσῳ πλέον ἥμισυ παντός [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with superlative, διέδεξε, ὅσῳ ἐστὶ τοῦτο ἄριστον [Refs 5th c.BC+] V.2) ὅσῳ with comparative when followed by another comparative with τοσούτῳ, the more, so much the more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes a superlative replaces the comparative, ὅσῳ μάλιστα ἐλεύθεροι, τοσούτῳ καὶ θρασύτατα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσῳ alone, ἑωυτοὺς δὲ γενέσθαι τοσούτῳ, ἀμείνονας, ὅσῳ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI) ἐς ὅσον, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, καθ᾽ ὅσον are frequently used much like{ὅσον, εἰς ὅσον σθένω} [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἐστὶν δυνατός as far as he can, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; later of Time, ἐς ὅσον δύναμίς μοι ὑπῆρχεν as long as. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον περιῆσαν as long as they lived, Mitteis [Refs 2nd c.BC+] VI.2) ἐν ὅσῳ while, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VII) no adverb ὅσως occurs.
Strongs
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hósos
Pronounciation:
hos'-os
Language:
Greek
Definition:
as (much, great, long, etc.) as; all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever); by reduplication from g3739 (ὅς)

if
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐάν
Greek:
ἐὰν
Transliteration:
ean
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Grammar:
a conditional
Source:
[Tag=NK(o)] Identical in Nestlé-Aland and KJV sources, minor variants in other sources
Editions:
Variations:
ἂν (o=an) maybe - g302=PRT in: Tyn, Treg
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
ἐάν
Transliteration:
ean
Gloss:
if
Morphhology:
Greek Conditional
Definition:
ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐάν
Transliteration:
ean
Gloss:
if
Morphhology:
Greek Conditional
Definition:
ἐάν (so early Attic Inscrr, as [Refs 4th c.BC+], also contraction ἤν and ἄν, see at {ἤν},{ἄν} (B) [ᾱ], which by crasis with καί become κἄν:—if haply, if, regularly followed by subjunctive: for its use and for examples, see at {εἰ} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) in Hellenistic and late Greek, ={ἄν} after relative Pronouns and Conjunctions, as ὃς ἐάν whosoever, [LXX+5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐάν
Transliteration:
eán
Pronounciation:
eh-an'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty; before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever); from g1487 (εἰ) and g302 (ἄν)

you shall bind
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δέω
Greek:
δήσητε
Transliteration:
dēsēte
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to bind
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Subjunctive 2nd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe happened - by persons being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
δέω
Transliteration:
deō
Gloss:
to bind
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; (1) with accusative of thing(s), before εἰς δεσμάς, Mat.13:30; of an ass, Mat.21:2, Mrk.11:2, 4 Luk.19:30. (2) with accusative of person(s), of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jhn.19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας. κειρίαις (Bl, §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jhn.11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Rev.9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mrk.5:3, 4; captives, Mat.12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mrk.3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jhn.18:12, 24, Act.9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col.4:3, Rev.20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Act.12:6 21:33. Metaphorical, ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, 2Ti.2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, see word), Luk.13:16; of constraint or obligation, Act.20:22; of the marriage bond, 1Co.7:39; id. with dative of person(s), ἀνδρί, Rom.7:2; γυναικί, 1Co.7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mat.16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα, περι, συν, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δέω
Transliteration:
deō
Gloss:
to bind
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
δέω, B) [Refs 4th c.BC+]: future δεήσω [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐδέησα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect δεδέηκα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, future δεήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect δεοῦμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later -ηθήσομαι [LXX+1st c.AD+]: aorist ἐδεήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect δεδέημαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—lack, miss, stand in need of, with genitive, ἐμεῖο δὲ δῆσε. ἀλκτῆρα γενέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; παραδείγματος τὸ παράδειγμα αὐτὸ δεδέηκεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) frequently in Attic dialect, πολλοῦ δέω I want much, i.e. am far from, mostly with infinitive present, πολλοῦ δ. ἀπολογεῖσθαι I am far from defending myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρὰ μικρὸν ἐδέησα ἀποθανεῖν variant in [Refs 5th c.BC+] I am far from it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in participle, παλαστῆς δεόντων τεττάρων ποδῶν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; the participle is frequently used to express numerals compounded with 8 or 9, ἀνδράσιν ἑνὸς δέουσι τριάκοντα [Refs]; δυοῖν δέοντα τεσσεράκοντα forty lacking two, thirty-eight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑνὸς δέον εἰκοστὸν ἔτος the [Refs]save one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive stands absolutely, περὶ τὰ ἑνὸς δεῖν πεντήκοντα fifty save one, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: participle in genitive, τροφαλίδες μιᾶς δεούσης εἴκοσιν [Refs 1st c.AD+] B.3) participle δέων, δέουσα, as adjective, fit, proper, ὁ καιρὸς οὐκ ἔστι χρόνος δέων [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἡ δέουσα ἑκάστων χρῆσις Hierocl.p.61 [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.4) δεῖ impersonal, see entry B.II) deponent verb δέομαι: contraction δῆσθε [Refs 5th c.BC+], participle δεύμενος [Refs]: future δεήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist ἐδεήθην: always personal, and used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.1) absolutely, to be in want or need, require, mostly in participle, κάρτα δεόμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ δεόμενοι the needy, opposed to οἱ κεκτημένοι τὰς οὐσίας, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.1.b) stand in need of, want, with genitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν δεῖσθαι τροφῆς have no need of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἤν τι δέωνται βασιλέως if they have any need of him, [Refs]infinitive, τοῦτο ἔτι δέομαι μαθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πράττεσθαι δεόμενα things needing to be done, [Refs 5th c.BC+]necessaries, [Refs]; ἐπισκευάσαι τὰ δεόμενα parts needing repair, [Refs]; τὸ δεόμενον the point threatened, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; δεῖται impersonal, see at {δεῖ}. B.II.2) beg a thing from a person, with double genitive of things et person, τῶν ἐδέετο σφέων [Refs 5th c.BC+] having begged a favour of you, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: c.genitive person et infinitive, ἐδέετο τοῦ δήμου φυλακῆς πρὸς αὐτοῦ κυρῆσαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]I pray, [LXX]
Strongs
Word:
δέω
Transliteration:
déō
Pronounciation:
deh'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively); bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind; a primary verb

on
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐπί
Greek:
ἐπὶ
Transliteration:
epi
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
upon/to/against
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
ἐπί
Transliteration:
epi
Gloss:
upon/to/against
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ᾽, before a rough breathing ἐφ᾽), prep. with genitive, dative, accusative (accusative most frequently in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. I. C. genitive, 1) of place, answering the question, where? (a) of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mat.6:10, 19, al; τ. κεφαλῆς, 1Co.11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mat.24:3 o, al; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mrk.4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, Heb.6:7, al; figuratively, ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας (MM, see word ἀ.); of the subject of thought or speech, Gal.3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Rom.9:5: τ. γάζης, Act.8:27; ἐξουσία, Rev.2:26 20:6; (b) of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jhn.6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mat.21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mrk.12:26 (see Swete, in l.); with genitive of person(s), in the presence of, before, Mat.28:14, Act.23:30, 1Co.6:1, al. 2) Of time, (a) with genitive of person(s), in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Luk.4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Act.11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mrk.2:26; (b) with genitive of thing(s), at, at the time of: Mat.1:11, Heb.1:2, 2Pe.3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Rom.1:10, Eph.1:16, 1Th.1:2, Phm 4. II. C. dative, of place, answering the question, where? (a) lit, on, upon: Mat.9:16, 14:8, al; after verbs of motion (see supr, I, 1, (a)), Mat.9:16 Act.8:16; above, Luk.23:38; at, by, Mrk.13:29, Jhn.5:2, Act.5:9, al; (b) metaphorically, upon, on the ground of, Luk.4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mrk.6:52 (see Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Act.5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl, §38, 2; 43, 3), Mat.18:3 19:9, Rom.12:12, al; ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Rom.5:12 2Co.5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mat.18:13, Rom.16:19, al; of a condition (cl.), Rom.8:20, 1Co.9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (see Westc. on Heb.9:10), Heb.10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph.2:10, Php.4:10; of authority, over, Mat.24:47 Luk.12:44; of hostility, with dative of person(s) (cl.), against, Luk.12:52; in addition to (cl.), 2Co.7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Php.1:3 2:17. III. C. accusative, 1) of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? (a) lit, upon, over: Mat.14:28, 29, Luk.5:19, al. mult; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as with genitive, dative), Mrk.4:38 11:2, Luk.2:25, Jhn.1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Act.1:15 2:1, al; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mrk.16:2, Act.8:36, al; (b) metaphorically (in wh. "the accusative is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl, §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc, coming upon one, with accusative of person(s), Mat.10:13 12:28, Act.2:17, Jhn.18:4, Eph.5:6, al; of addition (dative in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Php.2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (see: ἐπικαλέω), Act.15:17, Jas.2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Luk.1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ.), thrice, Act.10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Act.4:17 2Ti.2:16 3:9 (see also infr, 2, (a)); ἐφ᾽ ὅσον (see infr, ib.), forasmuch as, Mat.25:40, 45, Rom.11:13; of power, authority, control, Luk.1:33, Act.7:10 Rom.5:14, Heb.3:6, al; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Luk.1:17 23:28, Act.9:35, 42, Rom.11:22, Gal.4:9, Eph.2:7, 1Ti.5:5, al; of purpose, for, Mat.3:7, Luk.23:48; ἐφ᾽ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, Mat.26:50; of hostility, against, Mat.24:7, Mrk.3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Luk.9:5, Jhn.13:18, Act.7:54, 1Co.7:36, 2Co.1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dative), Mrk.9:12 15:24, Jhn.19:24, Rom.4:9. 2) Of time, (a) during, for: Luk.4:25 (WH, txt, omits ἐπί), Act.13:31 16:18, Heb.11:30, al; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mrk.9:15 Rom.7:1, al. (for ἐφ᾽ ὅ in another sense, see supr, 1, (b)); ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόν (see: ἱ), Act.20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (see supr, 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Act.20:9 24:4; (b) on, about, towards (cl. εἰς): Luk.10:35 Act.3:1 4:5. IV. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ὠπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ὠπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐπί
Transliteration:
epi
Gloss:
upon/to/against
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ) [Refs 3rd c.BC+], to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point. A) WITH GEN: A.I) of Place, A.I.1) with Verbs of Rest, upon, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ᾽ ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (i.e. σταθέντα) [Refs]; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ᾽ ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ᾽ ἵππων on our chariot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, [Refs 5th c.BC+] walk on tiptoe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, [Refs]; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but most frequently, in, rarely in [Refs 8th c.BC+] in the country. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (i.e. χώρας) remain in statu quo, Indut. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later of towns, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; sometimes also, at or near, ἐπ᾽ αὐτάων (i.e. τῶν πηγῶν) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, [Refs] the Thrace-ward region, [Refs 5th c.BC+] on, i.e. near which, [Refs 5th c.BC+] at the money-changers' tables, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the passage concerning the bush, [NT] A.I.2) in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, [Refs 5th c.BC+] abide by it, [Refs 4th c.BC+] to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry). A.I.2.b) of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ᾽ ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, [Refs 5th c.BC+] dependent upon an attendant, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2.c) with the personal and reflexive pronoun, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later mostly with 3rd pers., ἐπ᾽ ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, [Refs 6th c.BC+] considering their own interest only, th.[Refs] A.I.2.d) with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, [Refs 5th c.BC+] i.e. in a long thin line, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely of the length of the line, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, see below c.[Refs] is formed in column, [Refs 5th c.BC+] eight bricks wide, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2.e) with genitive person, before, in presence of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so, before a magistrate or official, [NT+2nd c.BC+]; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is falsa lectio in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.2.f) with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc, in the case of, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει [Refs 6th c.BC+]; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject, [Refs 6th c.BC+]. A.I.3) implying Motion: A.I.3.a) where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς. ἐπ᾽ ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]. A.I.3.b) in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (compare [Refs 5th c.BC+] drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, compare22.45; [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (variant); frequently of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, [Refs 8th c.BC+] homewards, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, [Refs] the road leading to [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3.c) metaphorically, ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, [Refs 6th c.BC+] A.II) of Time, in the time of, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐμεῦ in my time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ εἰρήνης in time of peace, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἡμέρης ἑκάστης variant for{-ῃ -τῃ} in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.b) later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.III) in various causal senses: A.III.1) over, of persons in authority, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Latin ab epistulis, his secretary, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]. A.III.3) of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in. [NT+4th c.BC+] equally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτων at the last, [LXX] for the present, [Refs] A.III.4) in respect of, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; concerning, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B) WITH DAT: B.I) of Place, upon, just like the genitive (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dative is more frequently): B.I.1) with Verbs of Rest, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (i.e. βωμοῖς) [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but ἐφ᾽ ἵππῳ, ἐφ᾽ ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ᾽ ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, at or near, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of rivers, etc, by, beside, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.b) on or over, ἐπ᾽ Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, over or in honour of, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.c) in hostile sense, against, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; as a check upon, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also, towards, in reference to, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the ills which lie upon thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+] make a law for his case, whether for or against, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.d). of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ᾽ ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.e). in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] besides, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; so of Numerals, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; νέκταρ [Refs 6th c.BC+]; especially of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον [Refs 6th c.BC+]: metaphorically, ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ᾽ ἄ; ἐ. βαλλαντί; [Refs] live on turnips, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.I.1.f). of position, after,behind, of soldiers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.g). in dependence upon, in the power of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, as far as is in my power, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, [Refs] B.I.1.h). according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Legal cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+] codices (Lyric poetry). B.I.1.i). of condition or circumstances in which one is, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, see at {αὐτόφωρος}; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, [Refs 6th c.BC+] (anapaest meter). B.I.1.k). Geometry texts, of the point, etc, at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ᾽ ᾧ K Hippocr. cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.2). with Verbs of Motion: B.I.2.a). where the sense of motion merges in that of support, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ. [Refs]; δυσφόρους ἐπ᾽ ὄμμασι γνώμας [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. B.I.2.b). in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ᾽ ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦλθε δ᾽ [Refs]. B.I.2.c). rarely for εἰς c.accusative, [Refs]. B.I.2.d). in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Teos, 5th c.BC). B.II). of Time, rarely, and never in good Attic dialect, except in sense of succession (below 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, [Refs 8th c.BC+] for to-day, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.2). of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα [Refs] Latin re peracta, [Refs 5th c.BC+], τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Latin quod superest, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry), etc. B.II.3). in the time of (compare [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III). in various causal senses: B.III.1). of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ for her, [Refs 8th c.BC+] for thee, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; also ἐφ᾽ αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, [Refs 6th c.BC+], etc: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ᾽ ἀρωγῇ with favour, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; ἐ.κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, [NT+5th c.BC+] in both cases, [Refs 6th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B.III.2). of an end or purpose, [Refs 8th c.BC+] for supper, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, [Refs 5th c.BC+] with a view to gaining. , [Refs 6th c.BC+] B.III.3). of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ᾽ ᾧτε on condition that. , [Refs 5th c.BC+] followed by infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but ἐφ᾽ ᾧ = wherefore, NT.Rom.5.12); ἐπ᾽ οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but, for no adequate reason, [Refs 4th c.BC+], on fair and equal terms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γῆμαί [Refs 6th c.BC+]; on the principle of. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]. B.III.4). of the price for which, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις [Refs] lend at 12 per cent, [Refs], i.e. at 16 per cent, [Refs]; also of the security on which money is borrowed, [Refs]; ἐπ᾽ οἴνου [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.5). of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὄνομα καλεῖν [Refs 6th c.BC+] B.III.6). of persons in authority, ὅς μ᾽ ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ [Refs 6th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις [Refs 5th c.BC+]. B.III.7). in possession of, possessing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. C). WITH Acc: C.I). of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, [Refs]; ὤμω. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐ. κεφαλήν head-foremost, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.b). Geometry texts, αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος). C.I.2). to, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐ. [Refs]: c.accusative person, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.I.2.b). metaphorically, ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, [Refs 8th c.BC+] codices; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως [Refs] to be entered under his name, [Refs] C.I.2.c). up to, as far as (μέχρι ἐ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield [Refs]-fold, [Refs 6th c.BC+] adjective or pronoun, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσον [Refs] I am prudent enough, not to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, [Refs 5th c.BC+], a little way, a little, [Refs 5th c.BC+] still more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. C.I.2.d). before, into the presence of (compare [Refs 4th c.BC+] (but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, [NT]. C.I.2.e). in Military phrases (compare [Refs 4th c.BC+], i.e. twenty-five in file, [Refs 5th c.BC+] many in file, [Refs] codices; for ἐ. κέρας see below[Refs] C.I.3). of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερά, to the right or left, [Refs 8th c.BC+], on the longer, shorter side, [Refs 5th c.BC+] both ways, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, [Refs 5th c.BC+], of space, in one, two, three dimensions, [Refs 4th c.BC+], to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, [Refs], etc, sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. [Refs], etc, with exaggeration, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.4). in hostile sense, against, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against. , [Refs 5th c.BC+] to your prejudice, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.5). of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ᾽ ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] over nine acres he lay stretched, [Refs 8th c.BC+] over so much, [Refs] over a large space, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; frequently to be rendered on, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἵππους. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας [Refs]; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, among, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II). of Time, for or during a certain time, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; ἐπ᾽ [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. διετές Legal cited in [Refs 6th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐφ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, [Refs 5th c.BC+] for a long time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.2). up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος [Refs 8th c.BC+]. C.III). in various causal senses: C.III.1). of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of, [Refs 8th c.BC+] let him go for an ox, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα [Refs] for (i.e. to demand) the interest, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with accusative of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] to see the sight, [NT+2nd c.BC+] or adjective, ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, [Refs 6th c.BC+], etc; ἐ. τ; to what end? [Refs 5th c.BC+] for which purpose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] for like ends, [Refs 8th c.BC+] to a better result, [Refs 5th c.BC+] set up as God's anointed, [LXX]: after an adjective, ἄριστοι πᾶσαν [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); χρήσιμος [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὄργανα ἐ. τι [Refs] C.III.2). so far as regards, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ἐ. [Refs 3rd c.BC+]. C.III.3). of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς [Refs 6th c.BC+]. C.III.4). according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, [Refs 8th c.BC+] D). POSITION:—ἐπί may suffer anastrophe (ἔπι) and follow its case, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] D.II). in Poets it is sometimes put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ. [Refs 8th c.BC+] E). AB[Refs 8th c.BC+]; κτεῖνον δ᾽ ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, [Refs 8th c.BC+] and besides. , [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry). E.II). ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, [Refs 8th c.BC+] there is no man, [Refs 5th c.BC+] codices (Lyric poetry). F). PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. [Refs] G). IN COMPOSITION: G.I). of Place, denoting, G.I.1). Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc. G.I.2). Motion, G.I.2.a). upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω. G.I.2.b). to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος. G.I.2.c). against, [Refs], ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω. G.I.2.d). up to a point, ἐπιτελέω. G.I.2.e). over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω. G.I.2.f). over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι. G.I.2.g). implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία. G.I.3). Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω, [Refs], ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος. G.I.4). Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος. G.I.5). Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 + 1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc. G.I.6). with adjectives, somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος. G.II). of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι, [Refs]. G.III). in causal senses: G.III.1). Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι. G.III.2). Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν. G.III.3). Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος. G.III.4). to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.
Strongs
Word:
ἐπί
Transliteration:
epí
Pronounciation:
ep-ee'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.; about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with; a primary preposition

the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Greek:
τῆς
Transliteration:
tēs
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC female person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, , τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

earth,
Strongs:
Strongs extended:
Lexicon:
γῆ
Greek:
γῆς,
Transliteration:
gēs
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
earth
Morphhology:
Noun Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a female PERSON OR THING that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Additional:
earth, planet
Tyndale
Word:
γῆ
Origin:
a Meaning of g1093I
Transliteration:
Gloss:
earth: planet
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
γῆ, γῆς, ἡ, [in LXX for אֲדָמָה,אֶרֶץ, etc;] 1) the earth, world: Luk.21:35, Act.1:8, Heb.11:13, Rev.3:10, al; opposite to οὐρανός, Mat.5:18 11:25, Mrk.13:27, al. 2) land; (a) opposite to sea or water: Mrk.4:1, Luk.5:3, Jhn.6:21, al; (b) as subject to cultivation: Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:8, Luk.13:7, Heb.6:7, al; (with) the ground: Mat.10:29, Mrk.8:6, Luk.24:5, Jhn.8:6, al; (d) a region, country: Luk.4:25, Rom.9:28, Jas.5:17; γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Mat.2:20, 21; Χαλδαίων, Act.7:4; ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, Jhn.3:22; with genitive of person(s), Act.7:3. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
γῆ
Origin:
a Meaning of g1093I
Transliteration:
Gloss:
earth: planet
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
γῆ, ἡ, occasionally in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: dual γαῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γῶν [Refs 2nd c.BC+]:—earth (including land and sea, [Refs 7th c.BC+] opposed to heaven, or land opposed to sea, Γῆ τε καὶ Ἠέλιος καὶ Ἐρινύες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τίς γ; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατὰ γῆν on land, by land, opposed to ναυσί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἐκ θαλάσσης, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ γῆς on earth, opposed to νέρθε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατὰ γῆς below the earth, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: genitive with local Adverbs, ἵνα γῆς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποῦ, ποῖ, ὅποι γ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) earth, as an element, [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2.b) γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ αἰτεῖν, as tokens of submission, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) land, country, καὶ γῆν καὶ πόλιν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γῆν πρὸ γῆς ἐλαύνεσθαι, διώκειν, from land to land, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; one's native land, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; frequently omitted with article, ἐκ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ (i.e. γῆς) δραπέτας [Refs] II.2) frequently in Trag, city, αὐτός τε καὶ γῆ δορὶ πεσοῦσ᾽ Ἑλληνικῷ [Refs] III) the earth or ground as tilled, ἄροτον γῆς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; τὴν γῆν ἐργάζεσθαι, θεραπεύειν, till the ground, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) estate, farm, γῆν πρίασθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ γῇ δανείζειν lend on mortgage, [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV) of particular kinds of earth or minerals, e.g. fuller's earth. [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs > g1093
Word:
γῆ
Transliteration:
Pronounciation:
ghay
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
Definition:
soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application); country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world; contracted from a primary word

will have been
Strongs:
Lexicon:
εἰμί
Greek:
ἔσται
Transliteration:
estai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Verb Future Middle Deponent Indicative 3rd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that will happen - by a person or thing being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. I. As substantive verb. 1) Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28. 2) Of times, events, etc, to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al. 3) to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al. 4) Impers, ἔστι, ἦν, etc; (a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al; with dative (of the possessor; Bl, §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al; (b) with inf, = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.). II. As copula uniting subject and predicate. 1) Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult. 2) Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.). 3) C. genitive: qual, etc, Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al; part, 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss, Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19. 4) C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al. 5) C. ptcp, as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl, §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); (a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al; (b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf, as in Heb. and Aram; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult, id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f, 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al; (with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9. 6) Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al. 7) C. adv: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al. 8) Ellipses; (a) of the copula (Bl, §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al; (b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ, ἔν, πάρ, συμ-πάρ, σύν-ειμι). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί (sum), Aeolic dialect ἔμμι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect ἠμί [Refs]; 2nd pers. singular εἶ, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰς [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Doric dialect ἐσσί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἐστί, Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἐστόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἐσμέν, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰμέν (also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect εἰμές [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἰσί (-ίν), Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ἔασι (-ιν) [Refs 8th c.BC+], Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also in middle form ἔσσο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔστω (ἤτω [LXX+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων [Refs 8th c.BC+], and early Attic dialect Inscrr, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]subjunctive ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, Epic dialect ἔω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+], also Boeotian dialect ἔνθω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 3rd.pers. plural ὦντι [Refs], Boeotian dialect ἴωνθι [Refs 6th c.BC+], -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. [Refs]; 3rd.pers. dual εἴτην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural εἶμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural εἶτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἶεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Elean ἔα, ={εἴη}, [Refs 6th c.BC+]infinitive εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ἔμμεναι (also Aeolic dialect ἔμμεν᾽ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect εἶμεν Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle ὤν, Epic dialect ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Boeotian dialect feminine ἰῶσα [Refs], Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect feminine ἔσσα [Refs 7th c.BC+] (also Ionic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative singular εἴς in [Refs 7th c.BC+]: imperfect ἦν [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] (uncertain in Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] is required by metre in [Refs 8th c.BC+], whence Hom.and later Ionic dialect ἔᾱ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. singular ἦεν, always with ν in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔην as 1st pers. singular, only [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular ἦσθα, later ἦς (which is variant in [NT+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἦν, Epic dialect ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (see. above), Doric dialect and Aeolic dialect ἦς [Refs 7th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἤστην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 1st pers. plural ἦμες [Refs 1st c.AD+]; 2nd pers. plural ἦτε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἦσαν, Ionic dialect and poetical ἔσαν (in [Refs 8th c.BC+], but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, see below see, but is 3rd.pers. plural in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔον [NT+5th c.BC+], 2nd pers. singular ἦσο [Refs], 3rd.pers. singular ἦστο [Refs], 1st pers. plural ἤμεθα [NT+3rd c.BC+]; subjunctive ὦμαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect also ἔσκον, used by [Refs 4th c.BC+]future ἔσομαι, ἔσται, Epic dialect and Aeolic dialect also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσετα; Aeolic dialect 2nd pers. singular ἔσσῃ probably in [Refs 8th c.BC+], infinitive ἐσσεῖσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] —All forms of the present indicative are enclitic (except 2nd pers. singular εἶ and 3rd.pers. plural ἔασι); but 3rd.pers. singular is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ᾽, Hdn.Gr.[Refs]; later Grammars wrote ἔστι as substantive Verb, [Refs 9th c.AD+] A) as the substantive Verb, A.I) of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔτ᾽ εἰσί they are still in being,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί he is no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long-lived, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὄντες the living, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὁ ὤν the [LXX+8th c.BC+]; ἐσσόμενοι posterity,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ Τροία [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων [Refs]; τὰ ὄντα property, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ. future revenue from, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, [NT]; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, [Refs]; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.[Refs] A.II) of the real world, be, opposed to become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὄν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to τὸ μὴ ὄν, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄνindeclinable, τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.II.2) of circumstances, events, etc, to happen, τά τ᾽ ἐόντα, τά τ᾽ ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, [Refs]; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, [Refs]; τί ἐστι; what is it? what's the matter? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτ; how came it to pass? [Refs 5th c.BC+] things are as they are, i.e. are ill, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III) be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in participle, τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) followed by the relative, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὃς. ἀπαλάλκοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, ={οὐδενί}, [Refs 4th c.BC+], = Latin sunt qui, used exactly like{ἔνιοι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; the singular Verb is used even with masculine and feminine plural, ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more frequently in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶ παρ᾽ οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = Latin est ubi, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in questions expecting a negative answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπω; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) ἦν is sometimes used with plural masculine and feminine, usually at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ᾽ ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦν δ᾽ ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι epigram cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before dual Nouns, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ἔστι impersonal, with infinitive, it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (i.e. πιθέσθαι)[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in imperative, optative, and subjunctive, ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by ὥστε with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with accusative et infinitive, ἁδόντα δ᾽ εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes not impersonal in this sense, θάλασσα δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν [Refs] A.VI.b) ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) most frequently, to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in the phrase τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν [Refs 1st c.AD+] twice five are ten, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, see at {τι; οὐδὲν εἶναι} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) periphrastic with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with perfect participle once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔσται δεδορκώς[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with aorist participle, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with present participle, ἦν προκείμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ ἐστί. φέρο; [Refs 5th c.BC+] — if the _Article_ is joined with the Part, the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) εἶναι is frequently modified in sense by the addition of adverbs, or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps: C.I) εἶναι with adverbs, where the adverb often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] it fared ill with them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II) with genitive, to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ᾽ εἴμ᾽ ἀγαθοῖο [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II.b) to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of, [Refs].ή, etc. C.II.c) to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.II.d) to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου [Refs 4th c.BC+]; to be de pendent upon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ [Refs] C.II.e) to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like, οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.f) in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν [LXX]; ἔσεσθαι, with genitive, to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε [LXX] C.III) with the dative, ἐστί μοι I have, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III.2) with two datives, σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σο; Latin quid tecum est mihi? [NT]; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (i.e. ἐστίν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, [Refs] C.III.3) with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc, added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.IV) with Preps, εἶναι ἀπό τινος, ={εἶναί τινος}[Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἀπ᾽ οἴκου to be away from, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.2) εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ᾽ ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3) εἶναι ἐν. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3.b) ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.4) εἶναι διά, much like{εἶναι ἐν}, εἶναι διὰ φόβου, ={φοβεῖσθαι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ ὄχλου, ={ὀχληρὸν εἶναι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ αἰτίας, ={αἰτιᾶσθαι}, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; Geometry texts, pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.IV.5) εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, see above 3 b. C.IV.6) εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to suit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν[Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.7) εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (assuming variant). C.IV.8) εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.9) περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.IV.10) εἶναι ἀπό, in Geometry texts, to be constructed upon, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] D) ἐστί is very frequently omitted, mostly in the present indicative before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc, and after the neuter of Verbals in -τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less frequently with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐσμέν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰσί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; subjunctive ᾖ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative εἴη, [Refs]; imperfect ἦν, [Refs]; future ἔσονται, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E) the Inf. frequently seems redundant, E.1) in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (see. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+] E.2) after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+] F) imperfect ἦνissts. used where other languages take the present, F.1) after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἦσθ᾽ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦ; what is this? [Refs 5th c.BC+], used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dative in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, [Refs] G) ἐγώ εἰμι, in [LXX]
Strongs
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimí
Pronounciation:
i-mee'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
I exist (used only when emphatic); am, have been, X it is I, was; the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb

bound
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δέω
Greek:
δεδεμένα
Transliteration:
dedemena
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to bind
Morphhology:
Verb Perfect Passive Participle Nominative Plural Neuter
Grammar:
an ACTION that was done to neuter people or things that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
δέω
Transliteration:
deō
Gloss:
to bind
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; (1) with accusative of thing(s), before εἰς δεσμάς, Mat.13:30; of an ass, Mat.21:2, Mrk.11:2, 4 Luk.19:30. (2) with accusative of person(s), of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jhn.19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας. κειρίαις (Bl, §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jhn.11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Rev.9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mrk.5:3, 4; captives, Mat.12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mrk.3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jhn.18:12, 24, Act.9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col.4:3, Rev.20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Act.12:6 21:33. Metaphorical, ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, 2Ti.2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, see word), Luk.13:16; of constraint or obligation, Act.20:22; of the marriage bond, 1Co.7:39; id. with dative of person(s), ἀνδρί, Rom.7:2; γυναικί, 1Co.7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mat.16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα, περι, συν, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δέω
Transliteration:
deō
Gloss:
to bind
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
δέω, B) [Refs 4th c.BC+]: future δεήσω [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐδέησα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect δεδέηκα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, future δεήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect δεοῦμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later -ηθήσομαι [LXX+1st c.AD+]: aorist ἐδεήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect δεδέημαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—lack, miss, stand in need of, with genitive, ἐμεῖο δὲ δῆσε. ἀλκτῆρα γενέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; παραδείγματος τὸ παράδειγμα αὐτὸ δεδέηκεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) frequently in Attic dialect, πολλοῦ δέω I want much, i.e. am far from, mostly with infinitive present, πολλοῦ δ. ἀπολογεῖσθαι I am far from defending myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρὰ μικρὸν ἐδέησα ἀποθανεῖν variant in [Refs 5th c.BC+] I am far from it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in participle, παλαστῆς δεόντων τεττάρων ποδῶν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; the participle is frequently used to express numerals compounded with 8 or 9, ἀνδράσιν ἑνὸς δέουσι τριάκοντα [Refs]; δυοῖν δέοντα τεσσεράκοντα forty lacking two, thirty-eight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑνὸς δέον εἰκοστὸν ἔτος the [Refs]save one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive stands absolutely, περὶ τὰ ἑνὸς δεῖν πεντήκοντα fifty save one, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: participle in genitive, τροφαλίδες μιᾶς δεούσης εἴκοσιν [Refs 1st c.AD+] B.3) participle δέων, δέουσα, as adjective, fit, proper, ὁ καιρὸς οὐκ ἔστι χρόνος δέων [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἡ δέουσα ἑκάστων χρῆσις Hierocl.p.61 [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.4) δεῖ impersonal, see entry B.II) deponent verb δέομαι: contraction δῆσθε [Refs 5th c.BC+], participle δεύμενος [Refs]: future δεήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist ἐδεήθην: always personal, and used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.1) absolutely, to be in want or need, require, mostly in participle, κάρτα δεόμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ δεόμενοι the needy, opposed to οἱ κεκτημένοι τὰς οὐσίας, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.1.b) stand in need of, want, with genitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν δεῖσθαι τροφῆς have no need of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἤν τι δέωνται βασιλέως if they have any need of him, [Refs]infinitive, τοῦτο ἔτι δέομαι μαθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πράττεσθαι δεόμενα things needing to be done, [Refs 5th c.BC+]necessaries, [Refs]; ἐπισκευάσαι τὰ δεόμενα parts needing repair, [Refs]; τὸ δεόμενον the point threatened, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; δεῖται impersonal, see at {δεῖ}. B.II.2) beg a thing from a person, with double genitive of things et person, τῶν ἐδέετο σφέων [Refs 5th c.BC+] having begged a favour of you, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: c.genitive person et infinitive, ἐδέετο τοῦ δήμου φυλακῆς πρὸς αὐτοῦ κυρῆσαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]I pray, [LXX]
Strongs
Word:
δέω
Transliteration:
déō
Pronounciation:
deh'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively); bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind; a primary verb

in
Strongs:
Greek:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν, prep, (the most frequently of all in NT), with dative (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, with abl.). I. Of place, with dative of thing(s), of person(s), in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Luk.7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mat.7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mat.12:40; τ. ὄρει, 2Pe.1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Rev.3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Rom.8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν, Luk.1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Gal.3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mat.12:5, al; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Luk.2:49; trop, of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mat.5:28, 2Co.4:6, al; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, 2Co.5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς (constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl; cf. Bl, §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω. ἐν, Mat.10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom, Il., i, 441, al.), Jhn.3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Luk.9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Luk.7:17. II. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc: ἐν ζωῇ, Rom.5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, 1Jn.3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, 1Pe.1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mrk.5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Php.4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Jas.3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, 1Co.2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mrk.4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jhn.15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Rom.12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dative in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Luk.14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Act.7:14); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mrk.12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Jas.2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Luk.22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, 1Co.4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen, Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως), Luk.18:8 (cf. Bl, §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Rom.8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mrk.1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Rom.3:24, 6:11, 1Co.3:1, 4:10, 2Co.12:2, Gal.2:17, Eph.6:21, Col.4:7, 1Th.4:16, al. III. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—see LS, see word Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dative), 1Co.6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mat.9:34; ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mat.3:11, al; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ, ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr, II, which some would classify here), Rev.13:10 (cf. 6:8). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας. ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, see word בְּ, III, 3), Rev.5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.with; M, Pr., 104), Mat.10:32, Luk.12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. accusative, so Jas.5:12), Mat.5:34, al; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mrk.4:8 (WH; vv. ll, εἰς, ἒν), Act.7:14 (LXX). IV. Of time, (a) in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jhn.11:9, al; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mat.12:2, al; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jhn.4:31; (b) at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, 1Co.15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mat.22:28; (with) with art. inf, (α) present (so sometimes in cl, but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mat.13:4, Mrk.6:48, Gal.4:18, al; (β) aor, when, after: Luk.9:36, al; (d) within (cl.): Mat.27:40, V. In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (before ἐν) or motion into (before εἰς), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν, poetry ἐνί, εἰν, εἰνί [Refs 8th c.BC+], forms used by Epic dialect and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as falsa lectio in Trag, εἰν [Refs 5th c.BC+] ἰν [Refs] ) PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into. A) WITH DAT. A.I) OF PLACE, A.I.1) in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of, ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι [Refs] in my arms, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ᾽ ἐν σαυτῷ (variant -τοῦ) γενοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.1.b) ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.2) elliptic, in such phrases as ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο [NT+8th c.BC+]; ἐν παιδοτρίβου, ἐν κιθαριστοῦ, at the school of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν γειτόνων (see. γείτων) ἐν αὑτοῦ (αὑτῷ codex Rav.) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) in, within, surrounded by, οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν ὅπλοισι in or under arms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of particular kinds of arms, ἐν τόξοις, ἀκοντίοις, etc, equipped with them, uncertain in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν μεγάλοις φορτίοις βαδίζειν καὶ τρέχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) on, at or by, ἐν ποταμῷ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νευρὴ ἐν τόξῳ the string on the bow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατεκλάσθη ἐνὶ καυλῷ ἔγχος was broken off at or by the shaft,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν οἴνῳ at wine, probably in [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.5) in the number of, amongst, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and with Verbs of ruling, ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν ἦρχ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for ἐν τοῖς with _superlative_, V. ὁ. A.I.5.b) in the presence of, ἐν πᾶσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέγειν ἐν ἀνδράσιν (of a woman) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a trial, διαγωνίζεσθαι, διαδικάζεσθαι ἔν τισι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) in one's hands, within one's reach or power, νίκης πείρατ᾽ ἔχονται ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι [Refs 8th c.BC+], with infinitive, it depends on him to, rests with him to, ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἢ. ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶν πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις depend on this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔν γ᾽ ἐμοί so far as rests with me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν ἐμοί in my judgement, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν θεοῖς καλά in the eyes of the gods, [Refs] A.I.7) in respect of, ἐν πάντεσσ᾽ ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν γήρᾳ σύμμετρός τινι in point of age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἐμοὶ θρασύς in my case, towards me, [Refs]; ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάθησις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also οὐδὲν δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ stop with me, [Refs] A.I.8) in a pregnant construction with Verbs of motion, into; implying both motion to and subsequent position in a place, ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν fell [to the dust and lay] in it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βαλεῖν[Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χωρίῳ ἐμπεπτωκώς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, with Verbs of coming and going, διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ [LXX+2nd c.AD+] is falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.9) πίνειν ἐν ποτηρίῳ to drink from a cup, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.I.10) ἄργυρος ἐν ἐκπώμασι silver in the form of plate, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐμ φέρνῃ, ἐν θέματι, as a dowry, pledge, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.I.11) in citations, ἐν τοῦ σκήπτρου τῇ παραδόσει in the passage of the [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) OF STATE, CONDITION or POSITION: A.II.1) of outward circumstances, ἐν πολέμῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν γένει εἶναί τινι to be related to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of occupations, pursuits, ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ εἶναι to be engaged in philosophy, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν ποιήσι γενόμενοι poets, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι ministers of state, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλει the magistrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μάντις ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ in the practice of it, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of inward states, of feeling, etc, ἐν φιλότητι, ἐν δοιῇ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά to make him the object of one's anger, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to blame him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν αἰτίᾳ εἶναι to have the blame, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) frequently with neuter adjective, ἐν βραχεῖ, ={βραχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τάχει, ={ταχέως}, [Refs]; ἐν καλῷ ἐστί, ={καλῶς ἔχει}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ [ἐστί] [Refs]; ἐν εὐμαρεῖ [ἐστί] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ, ={ἴσως, ἐν ὁμοίῳ}, ={ὁμοίως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν κενοῖς, ={κενῶς}, [Refs] substantive, ἐν δίκᾳ, ={δικαίως}, opposed to παρὰ δίκαν[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) OF THE INSTRUMENT, MEANS or MANNER, ἐν πυρὶ πρήσαντες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but in most cases the originally sense may be traced, to put in the fire and burn, infetters and bind, etc; so ἐν πόνοις δαμέντα [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλα[Refs]; also ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὄμμασιν ὁρᾶσθαι, ἰδέσθαι, to see with or before one's eyes, i.e. have the object in one's eye, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also ἐν λιταῖς by prayers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν δόλῳ by deceit, [Refs]; ἐν λόγοις by words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially with Verbs of showing, σημαίνειν ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ οἰωνοῖς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πραχθέντα. ἐν. ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε ye know by letters, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) of a personal instrument, ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια [NT] A.IV) OF TIME, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν τούτῳ (i.e. τῷ χρόνῶ) in this space of time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ᾧ (i.e. χρόνῳ) during the time that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς in the time of the truce, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the course of the mysteries, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.b) ἐν ἄρχοντι Μητροδώρῳ during the archonship of M, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.IV.2) in, within, ἐν ἡμέρῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις in, i.e. after, countless days, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) OF NUMBERS generally, ἐν δυσὶ σταδίοις within two stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V.2) with genitive of price, ἐν δύο ταλάντων [LXX] A.V.3) amounting to, προῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B) WITH Acc, into, on, for, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; also poetry, ἐν πάντα νόμον [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) WITHOUT CASE, AS adverb, in the phrase ἐν δέ, C.1) and therein, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.2) and among them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.3) and besides, moreover (not in Attic dialect Prose), [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.4) ἔνι, ={ἔνεστι, ἔνεισι}, [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) POSITION: ἐν frequently stands between its substantive and the adjective agreeing therewith, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: without an adjective, τῷ δ᾽ ἐν ἐρινεός ἐστι μέγας [Refs 8th c.BC+] between substantive and genitive, χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος [Refs]--One or more independent words sometimes come between the preposition and its dative, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), E.I) with Verbs, the preposition mostly retains its sense of being in or at a place, etc, with dative, or followed by εἰς, or ἐν: in such forms as ἐνορᾶν τινί τι, in translating, we resolve the compound, to remark a thing in one. E.I.b) also, at a person, ἐγγελᾶν, ἐνυβρίζειν τινί. E.I.2) with adjectives, it expresses E.I.2.a) a modified degree, as in ἔμπηλος, ἔμπικρος, ἔνσιμος, rather. E.I.2.b) the possession of a quality, as in ἔναιμος with blood in it, ἐνάκανθος thorny: ἔμφωνος with a voice: ἔννομος in accordance with law, etc. E.II) ἐν becomes ἐμ- before the labials β μ π φ ; ἐγ- before the gutturals γ κ ξ ; ἐλ- before ; ἐρ- before ; rarely ἐσ- before ; but Inscrr. and Papyri often preserve ἐν- in all these cases.
Strongs
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Pronounciation:
en
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
"in," at, (up-)on, by, etc.; about, after, against, + almost, X altogether, among, X as, at, before, between, (here-)by (+ all means), for (… sake of), + give self wholly to, (here-)in(-to, -wardly), X mightily, (because) of, (up-)on, (open-)ly, X outwardly, one, X quickly, X shortly, (speedi-)ly, X that, X there(-in, -on), through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), under, when, where(-with), while, with(-in); a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between g1519 (εἰς) and g1537 (ἐκ))

<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Greek:
τῷ
Transliteration:
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a specific male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=ko] Minor not translated from KJV and other sources, absent in Nestlé-Aland sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, , τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

heaven;
Strongs:
Lexicon:
οὐρανός
Greek:
οὐρανῷ·
Transliteration:
ouranō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
heaven
Morphhology:
Noun Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a male PERSON OR THING that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
οὐρανός
Transliteration:
ouranos
Gloss:
heaven
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
οὐρανός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׁמַיִם (hence, often pl, οἱ οὐ, see infr.);] heaven; 1) of the vault or firmament of heaven, the sky and the aerial regions above the earth: opposite to ἡ γῆ, Heb.1:10, 2Pe.3:5, 10; ὁ οὐ. καὶ ἡ γῆ, i.e. the world, the universe, Mat.5:18, Mrk.13:31, Luk.10:21, Act.4:24, Rev.10:6, al; ἀπ᾽ ἄκρων οὐ. ἕως ἄ. αὐτῶν (on the absence of art. aft. prep, see Bl, §46, 5), Mat.24:31; ὑπὸ τὸν οὐ, Act.2:5, Col.1:23; ὑψωθῆναι ἕως τοῦ οὐ, figuratively, Mat.11:23, Luk.10:15; σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐ, Mat.16:1, Mrk.8:11, al; αἱ νεφέλαι, Mat.24:30, al; τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐ, Mat.6:26, Mrk.4:32, al; οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐ, Rev.6:13, al; pl. (οἱ) οὐ. (Bl, §32, 5), Mat.3:16, Mrk.1:10, Jhn.1:32, 2Pe.3:7, 13 al. 2) Of the abode of God and other blessed beings: of angels, Mat.24:36, Mrk.12:25, Gal.1:8, Rev.10:1, al; of Christ glorified, Mrk.16:[19], Luk.24:51, Act.3:21, Rom.10:6, al; of God, Mat.5:34, Rom.1:18, al; ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐ. (Dalman, Words, 184ff.), Mat.5:16 6:1, al; θησαυρὸς ἐν οὐ, Mat.6:20, Mrk.10:21, al. 3) By meton, (a) of the inhabitants of heaven: Rev.18:20 (cf. ib. 12:12, Job.15:15, Isa.44:23); (b) as an evasive reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words, 204ff.): Mat.21:25, Mrk.11:30, Luk.15:18, Jhn.3:27, al; ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐ. (= τοῦ Θεοῦ); see: βασιλεία). βασιλεία, -ας, ἡ (βασιλεύω), [in LXX chiefly for מַמְלָכָה,מַלְכוּת;] 1) prop. abstract, sovereignty, royal power, dominion: Luk.1:33 22:29, Jhn.18:36, Act.1:6, Heb.1:8, 1Co.15:24; λαβεῖν β, Luk.19:12, 15 Rev.17:12; δοῦναι τὴν, ib. 17; ἔχειν β, ib. 18; ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τ. (εἰς τὴν) β, Mat.16:28, Luk.23:42; β. τ. θεοῦ, Rev.12:10. 2) By meton, concrete (MM, Exp., x), (a) a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules (Est.5:3, al.): Mat.4:8 12:25, 26 24:7, Mrk.3:24 6:23, Luk.4:5, Heb.11:33, al; (b) the royal majesty (cf. our phrase His Majesty), the king himself (τ. σπέρμα τῆς β, 4Ki.11:1). 3) In LXX (Wis.6:5, Tob.13:1, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, ἡ β. τ. θεοῦ, τ. οὐρανῶν (Heb. מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם, Aram. מַלְכוּתָא דִשׁמַיָּא; see Dalman, Words, 91-147; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two phrases, see Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218f.); τ. θεοῦ, Mat.6:33 12:28, al; τ. οὐρανῶν, Mat.3:2 4:17, al; τ. Χριστοῦ (מַלִכוּת דִמְשִׁיחא, Targ. Jon. on Isa.53:10), Eph.5:5; τ. κυρίου, 2Pe.1:11, Rev.11:15; τ. Δαυείδ, Mrk.11:10; absol, ἡ β, Mat.4:23, Jas.2:5, al. The kingdom is regarded as present: Mat.11:12, Luk.17:21, Rom.14:17, al; as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mat.6:10, Mrk.9:1, Jhn.3:5, 2Pe.1:11, al. Noteworthy phrases are: ζητεῖν τὴν β, Mat.6:33; δέχεσθαι, Mrk.10:15; κλρονομεῖν, Mat.25:34; διδόναι, Lk 12:32; παραλαμβάνειν, Heb.12:28; αὐτῶν (τοιούτων) εστὶν ἡ β, Mat.5:3, 10 19:14, Mrk.10:14, Luk.18:16; διὰ τὴν β, Mat.19:12; ἕνεκεν τῆς β, Luk.18:29; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, κηρύσσειν, διαγγέλλειν τὴν β, Luk.4:43 9:2, 60; ἤγγικεν ἡ β, Mat.3:2, Mrk.1:15; κλεῖς τῆς β, Mat.16:10; κλείειν τὴν β, Mat.23:14; υἱοὶ τῆς β, Mat.8:12 13:38 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658). \ (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὐρανός
Transliteration:
ouranos
Gloss:
heaven
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
οὐρᾰνός, ὁ, Doric dialect and Boeotian dialect ὠρανός [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ὄρανος (ὀράνω [Refs 7th c.BC+] I) heaven: in [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.1) vault or firmament of heaven, sky, γαῖα. ἐγείνατο ἶσον ἑαυτῇ οὐρανὸν ἀστερόεντα, ἵνα μιν περὶ πάντα καλύπτοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; wrapped in clouds, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; above the aether, [Refs 8th c.BC+] continued to regard it as solid (στερέμνιον), [Refs]; defined as αἰθέρος τὸ ἔσχατον by [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἠέλιος δὲ οὐρανοῦ ἐξαπόλωλε, of an eclipse, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2) heaven, as the seat of the gods, outside or above this skyey vault, the portion of Zeus (see. Ὄλυμπος),[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πύλαι οὐρανοῦ [Refs]; so, later, οἱ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ the gods of heaven, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν οὐρανῷ θεοί (viz. Sun, etc.) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νὴ τὸν οὐ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3) in common language, sky, οὐδέ τις ἄλλη φαίνετο γαιάων, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ. ἠδὲ θάλασσα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κλέος οὐρανὸν ἵκει, κλέος οὐ. εὐρὺν ἱκάνει, renown reaches to heaven,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so ὀρυμαγδός, κνίση, σκόπελος οὐρανὸν ἷκεν or ἱκάνει, [Refs 8th c.BC+] deeds of violence 'cry to heaven', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς οὐρανὸν βιβάζειν τι to exalt to heaven, [Refs]; πρὸς τὸν οὐ. ἥλλοντο leaped up on high, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) in Philos, the heavens, universe, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the heavens, [LXX] I.5) a region of heaven, climate, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) anything shaped like the vault of heaven, as, II.1) vaulted roof or ceiling, [Refs 5th c.AD+] II.2) roof of the mouth, palate, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.3) lid, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.4) tent, pavilion, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III) proper name, “Uranos”, son of Erebos and Gaia, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but husband of Gaia, parent of Cronos and the Titans (compare Οὐρανίδης),[Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
οὐρανός
Transliteration:
ouranós
Pronounciation:
oo-ran-os'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity); air, heaven(-ly), sky; perhaps from the same as g3735 (ὄρος) (through the idea of elevation)

and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force

as much as
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὅσος
Greek:
ὅσα
Transliteration:
hosa
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Correlative pronoun Accusative Plural Neuter
Grammar:
a reference back to a TYPE of neuter people or things that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Additional:
as much as
Tyndale
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hosos
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Greek Correlative
Definition:
ὅσος, -η, -ον, correlat. of τοσοῦτος, how much, how many, how great, how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus); (a) of number and quantity: m. pl, Mat.14:36, Mrk.3:10, Rom.2:12, al; n. pl, Mat.17:12, Mrk.10:21, Luk.11:8, al; πάτνες (πάντα) ὅ, Mat.13:46, Luk.4:40, al; before οὗτοι (ταῦτα), Rom.8:14, Php.4:8; with indic, Mrk.6:56, Rev.3:19; with subjc. Mrk.3:28, al; ὅ. ἄν, Mat.18:18, Jhn.11:22, al; (b) of measure and degree: Mrk.3:8, Luk.8:39, Act.9:13; in compar. sent, ὅσον before μᾶλλον, Mrk.7:36; καθ᾽ ὅσον, with compar. Heb.3:3; before τοσοῦτο, Heb.7:20; οὕτως, Heb.9:27; τοσαύτῳ, with compar. before ὅσῳ, with compar, Heb.1:4; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, inasmuch as, Mat.25:40, 45 Rom.11:13; (with) of space and time: Rev.21:16; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, as long as, Mat.9:15, 2Pe.1:13; ἐφ᾽ ὅ. χρόνον, Rom.7:1, 1Co.7:39, Gal.4:1; ἔτι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον, yet how very short a time, Heb.10:37 (LXX). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hosos
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Greek Correlative
Definition:
ὅσος, Epic dialect ὅσσος, η, ον, both forms in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσος also in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; and in many dialects, e. g. Lesb, [Refs 7th c.BC+] ii 18 (ὄσσος), argument, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Central Cretan dialect ὄζος [Refs], and ὄττος [Refs] adjective:—of Size, as great as, how great; of Quantity, as much as, how much; of Space, as far as, how far; of Time, as long as, how long; of Number, as many as, how many; of Sound, as loud as, how loud: correlative with τόσος (τόσσος), τοσόσδε, τοσοῦτος, in sense as, τόσσον χρόνον ὅσσον ἄνωγας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοσοῦτον ὄχλον καὶ παρασκευήν, ὅσην. [Refs 4th c.BC+] as antecedent, χῶρον ἅπαντα ὅσσον. [Refs 8th c.BC+] just so much as, ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἴσον τῇς χώρας μέτα, ὅσονπερ ὑμῖν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσπίδες ὅσσαι ἄρισται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; agreeing with an antecedent implied in an adjective, γυναικείας ἀρετῆς, ὅσαι. the virtue of all the women, who, [Refs 5th c.BC+] substantive frequently precedes, where we put it in the Relat. clause, οὐδέ τι οἶδε πένθεος[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁρᾷς. τὴν θεῶν ἰσχύν, ὅση [ἐστί]; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὦ Ζεῦ, τὸ χρῆμα τῶν κόπων ὅσον! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ χρῆμα τῶν νυκτῶν ὅσον· ἀπέραντον! [Refs 8th c.BC+] the quantities of the first ingredient and the others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) with a partitive genitive in the principal clause, Τρώων θάνον ὅσσοι ἄριστοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔ τις. ὀνόσσεται, ὅσσοι Ἀχαιοί of all the Achaeans, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [τῶν στρατειῶν] ὅσαι τε καὶ μὴ ἐπικίνδυνοι which are and which are not, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; on τῶν ὅσοι, see ὁ, ἡ, τό [Refs 4th c.BC+] 3) of Time, ὅσαι ἡμέραι, ὅσα ἔτη, etc, see at {ὁσημέραι}. 4) with τις, in indirect questions, ἰδώμεθα. ὅσσος τις χρυσὸς. ἔνεστιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον τι ἐστί[Refs] 5) with accusative of extent, λίμνη. μέγαθος, ὅσηπερ ἡ ἐν Δήλῳ in size as large as that in Delos, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 6) with adjectives expressing Quantity, etc, both words being put in the same case, [πίθηκοι] ἄφθονοι ὅσοι. γίνονται, i. e. in amazing numbers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄχλος ὑπερφυὴς ὅσος prodigiously large, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπλάτων ὅσων, ἀμύθητα ὅσα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ ἱδρῶτος θαυμαστοῦ ὅσου [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently in adverbial construction, θαυμαστὸν ὅσον ἐπιδιδόντες [Refs 5th c.BC+] 7) with superlative, ὅσας ἂν πλείστας δύνωνται καταστρέφεσθαι τῶν πολίων the most they possibly could, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὅσον τάχος as quickly as possible, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον σθένος with all possible strength, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] 8) with infinitive, so much as is enough for, ὅσον ἀποζῆν enough to live off, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐδαιμονίας τοσοῦτον, ὅσον δοκεῖν so much as is enough for appearance, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) for ὅτι τοσοῦτος (see. οἷος [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) followed by Particles: III.1) ὅσος ἄν (κεν) how great (many) soever, with subjunctive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2) ὅσος δή of such and such a size or number (but in [Refs 8th c.BC+] naming such and such an amount, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπέταξε τοῖσι. ἔθνεσι γυναῖκας. κατιστάναι, ὅσας δὴ ἐπιτάσσων ordering such and such a number, [Refs]; παρεσκευάζοντο ἐπὶ μισθῷ ὅσῳ δή for payment of a certain amount, [Refs]; ὁσοσδηποτοῦν, in plural, any number whatsoever, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]however large, [Refs 1st c.BC+] III.3) ὁσοσοῦν, Ionic dialect -ῶν, ever so small, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in plural, however many, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.4) ὅσοσπερ, precisely as great as, τοῦ μὲν χειμῶνός ἐστι [ὁ Ἴστρος] ὅσοσπέρ ἐστι of its normal size, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: in plural, as many as, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and this is still more the case with Epic dialect ὅσος τε (compare ὅστε), [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV) Adverbial usages of ὅσον and ὅσα: IV.1) so far as, so much as, οὐ μέντοι ἐγὼ τόσον αἴτιός εἰμι, ὅσσον οἱ ἄλλοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive, ὅσον αὔξειν ἢ καθαιρεῖν so far as to, [Refs 4th c.BC+]infinitive, ὅσον γέ μ᾽ εἰδέναι as far as I know, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so μακραίων γ᾽, ὅσ᾽ ἀπεικάσαι conjecture in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but more frequently with indicative, ὅσσον ἔγωγε γιγνώσκω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον καθ᾽ ἕν᾽ ἄνδρα so far as was in one man's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσα γε τἀνθρώπεια humanly speaking, [Refs] IV.1.b) how far, how much, ἴστε γὰρ ὅσσον ἐμοὶ ἀρετῇ περιβάλλετον ἵπποι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with adjectives, how, ὅσον or ὅσσον. μέγ᾽ ὄνειαρ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV.2) only so far as, only just, ὅσον ἐς Σκαιάς τε πύλας καὶ φηγὸν ἵκανεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον καὶ ἀπὸ βοῆς ἕνεκα ὠργίζετο, opposed to τῷ ἀληθεῖ ἐχαλέπαινον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὐκ ἀπεκοιμήθημεν ὅ. ὅ. στίλη; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὅ. ὅ. [NT]; ὅσον· ὀλίγον, ὅσον ὅσον δέ, ὀλίγον ὀλίγον, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; παρ᾽ ὅσον ἧττον a little less, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; οὐδ᾽ ὅσον not even, οὐδ᾽ ὅ. ἀττάραγόν τυ δεδοίκαμες [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: absolutely, not the least mite, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; cf. IV. 5. IV.3) of size or distance, ὅσον τε about, nearly, ὅσον τ᾽ ὄργυιαν, ὅσον τε πυγούσιον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect ὅσον alone, ὅσον δύο πλέθρα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so of other measurements, ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἄρτον [Refs] IV.4) with adjectives of Quality or Degree, mostly with comparative, αἴθ᾽, ὅσον ἥσσων εἰμί, τόσον σέο φέρτερος εἴην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσον βασιλεύτερός εἰμι so far as, inasmuch as I am a greater king, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5) with negatives, ὅσον οὐ or ὁσονού just not, all but[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον οὐκ ἤδη almost immediately, [Refs 5th c.BC+] with future, presently, in a minute, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV.5.b) οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἠμύναντο, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἐσώθησαν not only not, but not even, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5.c) ὅσον μή so far as not, save or except so far as, καλός τε κἀγαθὸς τὴν φύσιν, ὅσον μὴ ὑβριστής (sic to be read) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον γ᾽ ἂν αὐτὸς μὴ ποτιψαύων so far as I can without touching, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes with a finite Verb, πείθεσθαι, ὅσον ἂν μὴ ἀνάγκη ᾖ [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.6) ὁσονοῦν, Ionic dialect ὁσονῶν, ever so little, εἰ τοίνυν ἐχιόνιζε καὶ ὁσονῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.7) ὅσα and ὅσαπερ, just like{ὡς, ὥσπερ}, as, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) ὅσῳ, ὅσῳπερ, by how much, frequently with comparative, ὅσῳ πλέον ἥμισυ παντός [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with superlative, διέδεξε, ὅσῳ ἐστὶ τοῦτο ἄριστον [Refs 5th c.BC+] V.2) ὅσῳ with comparative when followed by another comparative with τοσούτῳ, the more, so much the more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes a superlative replaces the comparative, ὅσῳ μάλιστα ἐλεύθεροι, τοσούτῳ καὶ θρασύτατα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσῳ alone, ἑωυτοὺς δὲ γενέσθαι τοσούτῳ, ἀμείνονας, ὅσῳ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI) ἐς ὅσον, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, καθ᾽ ὅσον are frequently used much like{ὅσον, εἰς ὅσον σθένω} [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἐστὶν δυνατός as far as he can, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; later of Time, ἐς ὅσον δύναμίς μοι ὑπῆρχεν as long as. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον περιῆσαν as long as they lived, Mitteis [Refs 2nd c.BC+] VI.2) ἐν ὅσῳ while, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VII) no adverb ὅσως occurs.
Strongs
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hósos
Pronounciation:
hos'-os
Language:
Greek
Definition:
as (much, great, long, etc.) as; all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever); by reduplication from g3739 (ὅς)

if
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐάν
Greek:
ἐὰν
Transliteration:
ean
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Grammar:
a conditional
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
ἐάν
Transliteration:
ean
Gloss:
if
Morphhology:
Greek Conditional
Definition:
ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐάν
Transliteration:
ean
Gloss:
if
Morphhology:
Greek Conditional
Definition:
ἐάν (so early Attic Inscrr, as [Refs 4th c.BC+], also contraction ἤν and ἄν, see at {ἤν},{ἄν} (B) [ᾱ], which by crasis with καί become κἄν:—if haply, if, regularly followed by subjunctive: for its use and for examples, see at {εἰ} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) in Hellenistic and late Greek, ={ἄν} after relative Pronouns and Conjunctions, as ὃς ἐάν whosoever, [LXX+5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐάν
Transliteration:
eán
Pronounciation:
eh-an'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty; before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever); from g1487 (εἰ) and g302 (ἄν)

you shall loose
Strongs:
Lexicon:
λύω
Greek:
λύσητε
Transliteration:
lusēte
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to loose
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Subjunctive 2nd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe happened - by persons being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
λύω
Transliteration:
luō
Gloss:
to loose
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λύω [in LXX for פָּתַח, נָתַר hi, etc;] 1) to loose, unbind, release: of things, Mrk.1:7, Luk.3:16, al; of beasts, Mat.21:2, Luk.13:15, al; of persons, Jhn.11:44, Act.22:30; of Satan, Rev.20:3, 7; metaphorically, of the marriage tie, 1Co.7:27; of one diseased, Luk.13:16; of release from sin, Rev.1:5, WH, R, txt. (see: λούω). 2) To resolve a whole into its parts, loosen, dissolve, break up, destroy: Jhn.2:19, Act.27:41, Rev.5:2; metaphorically, 2Pe.3:11; of an assembly, to dismiss: Act.13:43; τ. μεσότοιχον τ. φραγμοῦ, Eph.2:14; τ. στοιχεῖα, 2Pe.3:10; οὐρανοί, 2Pe.3:12; τ. ἔργα τ. διαβόλου, 1Jn.3:8; τ. ὠδῖνας τ. θανάτου, Act.2:24; of laws, etc, to break, annul, cancel (MM, xvi): ἐντολήν, Mat.5:19; τ. νόμον, Jhn.7:23; τ. σάββατον, Jhn.5:18; τ. γραφήν, Jhn.10:35. (cf. ἀνα, ἀπο, δια, ἐκ, ἐπι, κατα, παρα-λύω.) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
λύω
Transliteration:
luō
Gloss:
to loose
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λύω, poetry imperative λῦθι [Refs 5th c.BC+]future λύσω [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist ἔλῡσα [Refs]: perfect λέλῠκα [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc:— passive, perfect λέλῠμαι [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: pluperfect ἐλελύμην [ῠ] [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: aorist ἐλύθην, Epic dialect λύθην [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future λῠθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist passive λύμην [ῠ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λύτο [ῠ[Refs]; λύντο [Refs]: also 3rd.pers. singular optative perfect λελῦτο [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, future λύσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist ἐλυσάμην [Refs]perfect passive λέλῦμαι in middle sense, [Refs 4th c.BC+]future λύσομαι in passive sense, (δια-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]—Homer uses all tenses except perfect active, present and future passive [In present and imperfect ῡ always in Attic dialect, ῠ mostly in Epic dialect, though [Refs 8th c.BC+] has ῡ twice, ἔλῡεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in compounds, ἀλλῡεσκεν [Refs]future and aorist 1 ῡ always: in other tenses ῠ always, except in the forms λελῦτο, λῦτο (see. above).] (Cf. Latin luo (pay), re-luo, solvo (for se-luo), solūtus, etc.):—loosen: I) of things, unbind, unfasten, especially clothes and armour, λῦσε δέ οἱ ζωστῇρα, θώρηκα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λ. παρθενίην ζώνην loose the maiden-girdle, of the husband after marriage, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of the wife, λύοι χαλινὸν ὑφ᾽ ἥρωϊ παρθενίας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently of the tackling of ships, λ. πρυμνήσια, ἱστία, λαῖφος, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λ. πρύμνας, νεῶν πόδα, [Refs 5th c.BC+], of ships, set sail, λῦε, κυβερνήτα [Refs]; ἀσκὸν λ. untie a skin (used as a bag), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λ. ἡνίαν slacken the rein, [Refs]; κλῄθρων λυθέντων when the gates have been opened, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. γράμματα, δέλτον, open a letter, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. πέδας, δεσμά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀρτάνας. δέρης ἔλυσαν loosed it from my neck,[Refs 5th c.BC+] —middle, ἀπὸ στήθεσφιν ἐλύσατο κεστὸν ἱμάντα undid her belt, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but λύοντο τεύχεα they undid the armour for themselves, i.e. stripped it off (others), [Refs]; later λυσαμένα πλοκαμῖδας unbinding her hair, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] I.b) in various phrases, στόμα λ. open the mouth, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. βλεφάρων ἕδραν wake up, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ὀφρύν unfold the brow, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of living beings, I.2.a) of horses, etc, unyoke, unharness, opposed to ζεύγνυμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξ ὀχέων, ὑπὲξ ὀχέων, [Refs 8th c.BC+] unyoke our horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λύε μώνυχας ἵππους loosed them, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λ. κύνα let him loose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) of men, release, deliver, especially from bonds or prison, and so, generally, from difficulty or danger, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ λύσων he that shall deliver, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also λ. δόμους ἁβρότατος rob the house of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. τινὰ τῆς ἀρχῆς depose him from, [Refs 1st c.BC+]:—middle, properly get one loosed or set free, λύσασθαί τινα δυσφροσυνάων [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, λυθῆναι τὰς πέδας [Refs 1st c.BC+]; λέλυται γὰρ λαὸς ἐλεύθερα βάζειν, ὡς ἐλύθη ζυγὸν ἀλκᾶς has been let loose to speak, since the yoke was loosed, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I.2.c) of prisoners, release on receipt of ransom, admit to ransom, release, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Σαρπηδόνος ἔντεα καλὰ λύσειαν would give them up, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀνὴρ ἀντ᾽ ἀνδρὸς λυθείς [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, release by payment of ransom, get a person released, redeem, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἑαυτοὺς λ. pay their own ransom, [Refs]; buy from a pimp, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.d) λελύσθαι τῶν νόμων, = Latin legibus solvi, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) give up, [θρόνον] λῦσον ἄμμιν [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) resolve a whole into its parts, dissolve, break up, λ. ἀγορήν dissolve the assembly, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, λῦτο δ᾽ ἀγών [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὶν [ἂν]. ἡ ἀγορὰ (market) λυθῇ [Refs 2nd c.BC+] II.2) of concrete objects, σπάρτα λέλυνται, i. e. have rotted, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λ. τὴν σχεδίην break it up, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [τὴν γέφυραν] [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) especially of physical strength, loosen, i. e. weaken, relax, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα made his limbs slack or loose, i. e. killed him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but οἵ μοι καμάτῳ. γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσαν made my knees weak with toil, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —passive, λύντο δὲ γυῖα, etc, as the effect of death, sleep, weariness, fear, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.3.b) λύει βλέφαρα closes her eyes in sleep, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.c) metaphorically, λ. τὴν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς πρὸς μάχην παρασκευήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) undo, bring to naught, destroy, πολίων κάρηνα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: generally, put an end to, νείκεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; βίον, i.e. die, [Refs]; αἰῶν᾽ ἔλυσε, i.e. died, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μαχας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; forgive, ἁμαρτήματα [LXX] II.4.b) in Prose, λ. νόμους repeal or annul laws, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐθὲν τῶν περὶ τὴν πολιτείαν[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπεὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδὰς λελύσθαι μοι δοκεῖ ἡ ἐκείνων ὕβρις καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα ὑποψία [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rescind a vote, ψῆφον λύει ὁ νόμος [Refs 4th c.BC+]; revoke a will, διαθήκην [Refs 4th c.BC+] (but in passive, to be opened, of a will, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; unbind a spell, [Refs 4th c.AD+] —passive, λέλυται πάντα all ties are broken, all is in confusion, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.4.c) as a technical term, solve a difficulty, a problem, a question, λύεται ἡ ἀπορία [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4.d) refute an argument, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4.e) unravel the plot of a tragedy, opposed to πλέκειν, [Refs] II.4.f) λ. τὴν φάσιν, of the Moon, pass out of, [Refs] II.5) break a legal agreement or obligation, τὸν νόμον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σίς κε τὰς ϝρήτας τάσδε λύση whoso breaks this agreement, [Refs] II.6) in physical sense, dissolve, λύθεν, opposed to πάγεν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ θερμὸν λύει, opposed to πήγνυσι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀμμωνιακὸν ὄξει λύσας [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; melt, παγείσας χιόνας [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.7) of medicines, λ. τὴν κοιλίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so of the effects of terror, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.8) resolve [musical notation] into [musical notation], in passive, [Refs 1st c.AD+] III) solve, fulfil, accomplish, τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ μαντεῖα [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) atone for, make up for, τὰς πρότερον ἁμαρτίας [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, τῶν πάλαι πεπραγμένων λύσασθ᾽ αἷμα. δίκαις [Refs 4th c.BC+] V) μισθὸν λύειν pay wages in full, quit oneself of them, used only in cases of obligation, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V.2) τέλη λύειν, ={λυσιτελεῖν}, pay, profit. avail, ἔνθα μὴ τέλη λύει φρονοῦντι where it boots not to be wise, [Refs 5th c.BC+], construed like{λυσιτελεῖ}, absolutely, λύει δ᾽ ἄλγος [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, πῶς οὖν λύει. ἐπιβάλλει; [Refs]; ἐμοί τελύειτοῖσιμέλλουσιν τέκνοις τὰ ζῶντ᾽ ὀνῆσαι it is good for me to benefit my living children by means of those to come,[Refs 2nd c.BC+]infinitive, λύει γὰρ ἡμᾶς οὐδέν, οὐδ᾽ ἐπωφελεῖ. θανεῖν it is not expedient that we should die (οὐδ᾽ ἐπωφελεῖ being parenthetic), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare λυσιτελέω.
Strongs
Word:
λύω
Transliteration:
lýō
Pronounciation:
loo'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to "loosen" (literally or figuratively); break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off; a primary verb

on
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐπί
Greek:
ἐπὶ
Transliteration:
epi
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
upon/to/against
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
ἐπί
Transliteration:
epi
Gloss:
upon/to/against
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ᾽, before a rough breathing ἐφ᾽), prep. with genitive, dative, accusative (accusative most frequently in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. I. C. genitive, 1) of place, answering the question, where? (a) of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mat.6:10, 19, al; τ. κεφαλῆς, 1Co.11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mat.24:3 o, al; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mrk.4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, Heb.6:7, al; figuratively, ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας (MM, see word ἀ.); of the subject of thought or speech, Gal.3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Rom.9:5: τ. γάζης, Act.8:27; ἐξουσία, Rev.2:26 20:6; (b) of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jhn.6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mat.21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mrk.12:26 (see Swete, in l.); with genitive of person(s), in the presence of, before, Mat.28:14, Act.23:30, 1Co.6:1, al. 2) Of time, (a) with genitive of person(s), in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Luk.4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Act.11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mrk.2:26; (b) with genitive of thing(s), at, at the time of: Mat.1:11, Heb.1:2, 2Pe.3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Rom.1:10, Eph.1:16, 1Th.1:2, Phm 4. II. C. dative, of place, answering the question, where? (a) lit, on, upon: Mat.9:16, 14:8, al; after verbs of motion (see supr, I, 1, (a)), Mat.9:16 Act.8:16; above, Luk.23:38; at, by, Mrk.13:29, Jhn.5:2, Act.5:9, al; (b) metaphorically, upon, on the ground of, Luk.4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mrk.6:52 (see Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Act.5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl, §38, 2; 43, 3), Mat.18:3 19:9, Rom.12:12, al; ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Rom.5:12 2Co.5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mat.18:13, Rom.16:19, al; of a condition (cl.), Rom.8:20, 1Co.9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (see Westc. on Heb.9:10), Heb.10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph.2:10, Php.4:10; of authority, over, Mat.24:47 Luk.12:44; of hostility, with dative of person(s) (cl.), against, Luk.12:52; in addition to (cl.), 2Co.7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Php.1:3 2:17. III. C. accusative, 1) of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? (a) lit, upon, over: Mat.14:28, 29, Luk.5:19, al. mult; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as with genitive, dative), Mrk.4:38 11:2, Luk.2:25, Jhn.1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Act.1:15 2:1, al; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mrk.16:2, Act.8:36, al; (b) metaphorically (in wh. "the accusative is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl, §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc, coming upon one, with accusative of person(s), Mat.10:13 12:28, Act.2:17, Jhn.18:4, Eph.5:6, al; of addition (dative in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Php.2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (see: ἐπικαλέω), Act.15:17, Jas.2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Luk.1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ.), thrice, Act.10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Act.4:17 2Ti.2:16 3:9 (see also infr, 2, (a)); ἐφ᾽ ὅσον (see infr, ib.), forasmuch as, Mat.25:40, 45, Rom.11:13; of power, authority, control, Luk.1:33, Act.7:10 Rom.5:14, Heb.3:6, al; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Luk.1:17 23:28, Act.9:35, 42, Rom.11:22, Gal.4:9, Eph.2:7, 1Ti.5:5, al; of purpose, for, Mat.3:7, Luk.23:48; ἐφ᾽ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, Mat.26:50; of hostility, against, Mat.24:7, Mrk.3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Luk.9:5, Jhn.13:18, Act.7:54, 1Co.7:36, 2Co.1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dative), Mrk.9:12 15:24, Jhn.19:24, Rom.4:9. 2) Of time, (a) during, for: Luk.4:25 (WH, txt, omits ἐπί), Act.13:31 16:18, Heb.11:30, al; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mrk.9:15 Rom.7:1, al. (for ἐφ᾽ ὅ in another sense, see supr, 1, (b)); ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόν (see: ἱ), Act.20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (see supr, 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Act.20:9 24:4; (b) on, about, towards (cl. εἰς): Luk.10:35 Act.3:1 4:5. IV. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ὠπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ὠπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐπί
Transliteration:
epi
Gloss:
upon/to/against
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ) [Refs 3rd c.BC+], to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point. A) WITH GEN: A.I) of Place, A.I.1) with Verbs of Rest, upon, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ᾽ ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (i.e. σταθέντα) [Refs]; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ᾽ ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ᾽ ἵππων on our chariot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, [Refs 5th c.BC+] walk on tiptoe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, [Refs]; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but most frequently, in, rarely in [Refs 8th c.BC+] in the country. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (i.e. χώρας) remain in statu quo, Indut. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later of towns, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; sometimes also, at or near, ἐπ᾽ αὐτάων (i.e. τῶν πηγῶν) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, [Refs] the Thrace-ward region, [Refs 5th c.BC+] on, i.e. near which, [Refs 5th c.BC+] at the money-changers' tables, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the passage concerning the bush, [NT] A.I.2) in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, [Refs 5th c.BC+] abide by it, [Refs 4th c.BC+] to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry). A.I.2.b) of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ᾽ ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, [Refs 5th c.BC+] dependent upon an attendant, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2.c) with the personal and reflexive pronoun, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later mostly with 3rd pers., ἐπ᾽ ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, [Refs 6th c.BC+] considering their own interest only, th.[Refs] A.I.2.d) with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, [Refs 5th c.BC+] i.e. in a long thin line, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely of the length of the line, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, see below c.[Refs] is formed in column, [Refs 5th c.BC+] eight bricks wide, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2.e) with genitive person, before, in presence of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so, before a magistrate or official, [NT+2nd c.BC+]; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is falsa lectio in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.2.f) with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc, in the case of, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει [Refs 6th c.BC+]; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject, [Refs 6th c.BC+]. A.I.3) implying Motion: A.I.3.a) where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς. ἐπ᾽ ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]. A.I.3.b) in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (compare [Refs 5th c.BC+] drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, compare22.45; [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (variant); frequently of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, [Refs 8th c.BC+] homewards, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, [Refs] the road leading to [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3.c) metaphorically, ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, [Refs 6th c.BC+] A.II) of Time, in the time of, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐμεῦ in my time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ εἰρήνης in time of peace, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἡμέρης ἑκάστης variant for{-ῃ -τῃ} in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.b) later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.III) in various causal senses: A.III.1) over, of persons in authority, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Latin ab epistulis, his secretary, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]. A.III.3) of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in. [NT+4th c.BC+] equally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτων at the last, [LXX] for the present, [Refs] A.III.4) in respect of, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; concerning, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B) WITH DAT: B.I) of Place, upon, just like the genitive (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dative is more frequently): B.I.1) with Verbs of Rest, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (i.e. βωμοῖς) [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but ἐφ᾽ ἵππῳ, ἐφ᾽ ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ᾽ ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, at or near, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of rivers, etc, by, beside, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.b) on or over, ἐπ᾽ Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, over or in honour of, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.c) in hostile sense, against, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; as a check upon, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also, towards, in reference to, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the ills which lie upon thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+] make a law for his case, whether for or against, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.d). of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ᾽ ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.e). in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] besides, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; so of Numerals, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; νέκταρ [Refs 6th c.BC+]; especially of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον [Refs 6th c.BC+]: metaphorically, ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ᾽ ἄ; ἐ. βαλλαντί; [Refs] live on turnips, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.I.1.f). of position, after,behind, of soldiers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.g). in dependence upon, in the power of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, as far as is in my power, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, [Refs] B.I.1.h). according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Legal cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+] codices (Lyric poetry). B.I.1.i). of condition or circumstances in which one is, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, see at {αὐτόφωρος}; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, [Refs 6th c.BC+] (anapaest meter). B.I.1.k). Geometry texts, of the point, etc, at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ᾽ ᾧ K Hippocr. cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.2). with Verbs of Motion: B.I.2.a). where the sense of motion merges in that of support, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ. [Refs]; δυσφόρους ἐπ᾽ ὄμμασι γνώμας [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. B.I.2.b). in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ᾽ ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦλθε δ᾽ [Refs]. B.I.2.c). rarely for εἰς c.accusative, [Refs]. B.I.2.d). in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Teos, 5th c.BC). B.II). of Time, rarely, and never in good Attic dialect, except in sense of succession (below 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, [Refs 8th c.BC+] for to-day, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.2). of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα [Refs] Latin re peracta, [Refs 5th c.BC+], τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Latin quod superest, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry), etc. B.II.3). in the time of (compare [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III). in various causal senses: B.III.1). of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ for her, [Refs 8th c.BC+] for thee, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; also ἐφ᾽ αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, [Refs 6th c.BC+], etc: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ᾽ ἀρωγῇ with favour, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; ἐ.κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, [NT+5th c.BC+] in both cases, [Refs 6th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B.III.2). of an end or purpose, [Refs 8th c.BC+] for supper, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, [Refs 5th c.BC+] with a view to gaining. , [Refs 6th c.BC+] B.III.3). of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ᾽ ᾧτε on condition that. , [Refs 5th c.BC+] followed by infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but ἐφ᾽ ᾧ = wherefore, NT.Rom.5.12); ἐπ᾽ οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but, for no adequate reason, [Refs 4th c.BC+], on fair and equal terms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γῆμαί [Refs 6th c.BC+]; on the principle of. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]. B.III.4). of the price for which, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις [Refs] lend at 12 per cent, [Refs], i.e. at 16 per cent, [Refs]; also of the security on which money is borrowed, [Refs]; ἐπ᾽ οἴνου [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.5). of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὄνομα καλεῖν [Refs 6th c.BC+] B.III.6). of persons in authority, ὅς μ᾽ ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ [Refs 6th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις [Refs 5th c.BC+]. B.III.7). in possession of, possessing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. C). WITH Acc: C.I). of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, [Refs]; ὤμω. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐ. κεφαλήν head-foremost, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.b). Geometry texts, αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος). C.I.2). to, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐ. [Refs]: c.accusative person, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.I.2.b). metaphorically, ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, [Refs 8th c.BC+] codices; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως [Refs] to be entered under his name, [Refs] C.I.2.c). up to, as far as (μέχρι ἐ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield [Refs]-fold, [Refs 6th c.BC+] adjective or pronoun, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσον [Refs] I am prudent enough, not to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, [Refs 5th c.BC+], a little way, a little, [Refs 5th c.BC+] still more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. C.I.2.d). before, into the presence of (compare [Refs 4th c.BC+] (but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, [NT]. C.I.2.e). in Military phrases (compare [Refs 4th c.BC+], i.e. twenty-five in file, [Refs 5th c.BC+] many in file, [Refs] codices; for ἐ. κέρας see below[Refs] C.I.3). of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερά, to the right or left, [Refs 8th c.BC+], on the longer, shorter side, [Refs 5th c.BC+] both ways, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, [Refs 5th c.BC+], of space, in one, two, three dimensions, [Refs 4th c.BC+], to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, [Refs], etc, sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. [Refs], etc, with exaggeration, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.4). in hostile sense, against, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against. , [Refs 5th c.BC+] to your prejudice, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.5). of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ᾽ ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] over nine acres he lay stretched, [Refs 8th c.BC+] over so much, [Refs] over a large space, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; frequently to be rendered on, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἵππους. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας [Refs]; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, among, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II). of Time, for or during a certain time, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; ἐπ᾽ [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. διετές Legal cited in [Refs 6th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐφ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, [Refs 5th c.BC+] for a long time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.2). up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος [Refs 8th c.BC+]. C.III). in various causal senses: C.III.1). of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of, [Refs 8th c.BC+] let him go for an ox, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα [Refs] for (i.e. to demand) the interest, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with accusative of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] to see the sight, [NT+2nd c.BC+] or adjective, ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, [Refs 6th c.BC+], etc; ἐ. τ; to what end? [Refs 5th c.BC+] for which purpose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] for like ends, [Refs 8th c.BC+] to a better result, [Refs 5th c.BC+] set up as God's anointed, [LXX]: after an adjective, ἄριστοι πᾶσαν [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry); χρήσιμος [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὄργανα ἐ. τι [Refs] C.III.2). so far as regards, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ἐ. [Refs 3rd c.BC+]. C.III.3). of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς [Refs 6th c.BC+]. C.III.4). according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, [Refs 8th c.BC+] D). POSITION:—ἐπί may suffer anastrophe (ἔπι) and follow its case, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] D.II). in Poets it is sometimes put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ. [Refs 8th c.BC+] E). AB[Refs 8th c.BC+]; κτεῖνον δ᾽ ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, [Refs 8th c.BC+] and besides. , [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry). E.II). ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, [Refs 8th c.BC+] there is no man, [Refs 5th c.BC+] codices (Lyric poetry). F). PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. [Refs] G). IN COMPOSITION: G.I). of Place, denoting, G.I.1). Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc. G.I.2). Motion, G.I.2.a). upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω. G.I.2.b). to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος. G.I.2.c). against, [Refs], ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω. G.I.2.d). up to a point, ἐπιτελέω. G.I.2.e). over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω. G.I.2.f). over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι. G.I.2.g). implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία. G.I.3). Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω, [Refs], ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος. G.I.4). Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος. G.I.5). Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 + 1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc. G.I.6). with adjectives, somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος. G.II). of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι, [Refs]. G.III). in causal senses: G.III.1). Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι. G.III.2). Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν. G.III.3). Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος. G.III.4). to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.
Strongs
Word:
ἐπί
Transliteration:
epí
Pronounciation:
ep-ee'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.; about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with; a primary preposition

the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Greek:
τῆς
Transliteration:
tēs
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC female person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, , τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

earth,
Strongs:
Strongs extended:
Lexicon:
γῆ
Greek:
γῆς,
Transliteration:
gēs
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
earth
Morphhology:
Noun Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a female PERSON OR THING that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Additional:
earth, planet
Tyndale
Word:
γῆ
Origin:
a Meaning of g1093I
Transliteration:
Gloss:
earth: planet
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
γῆ, γῆς, ἡ, [in LXX for אֲדָמָה,אֶרֶץ, etc;] 1) the earth, world: Luk.21:35, Act.1:8, Heb.11:13, Rev.3:10, al; opposite to οὐρανός, Mat.5:18 11:25, Mrk.13:27, al. 2) land; (a) opposite to sea or water: Mrk.4:1, Luk.5:3, Jhn.6:21, al; (b) as subject to cultivation: Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:8, Luk.13:7, Heb.6:7, al; (with) the ground: Mat.10:29, Mrk.8:6, Luk.24:5, Jhn.8:6, al; (d) a region, country: Luk.4:25, Rom.9:28, Jas.5:17; γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Mat.2:20, 21; Χαλδαίων, Act.7:4; ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, Jhn.3:22; with genitive of person(s), Act.7:3. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
γῆ
Origin:
a Meaning of g1093I
Transliteration:
Gloss:
earth: planet
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
γῆ, ἡ, occasionally in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: dual γαῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γῶν [Refs 2nd c.BC+]:—earth (including land and sea, [Refs 7th c.BC+] opposed to heaven, or land opposed to sea, Γῆ τε καὶ Ἠέλιος καὶ Ἐρινύες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τίς γ; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατὰ γῆν on land, by land, opposed to ναυσί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἐκ θαλάσσης, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ γῆς on earth, opposed to νέρθε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατὰ γῆς below the earth, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: genitive with local Adverbs, ἵνα γῆς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποῦ, ποῖ, ὅποι γ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) earth, as an element, [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2.b) γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ αἰτεῖν, as tokens of submission, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) land, country, καὶ γῆν καὶ πόλιν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γῆν πρὸ γῆς ἐλαύνεσθαι, διώκειν, from land to land, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; one's native land, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; frequently omitted with article, ἐκ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ (i.e. γῆς) δραπέτας [Refs] II.2) frequently in Trag, city, αὐτός τε καὶ γῆ δορὶ πεσοῦσ᾽ Ἑλληνικῷ [Refs] III) the earth or ground as tilled, ἄροτον γῆς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; τὴν γῆν ἐργάζεσθαι, θεραπεύειν, till the ground, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) estate, farm, γῆν πρίασθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ γῇ δανείζειν lend on mortgage, [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV) of particular kinds of earth or minerals, e.g. fuller's earth. [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs > g1093
Word:
γῆ
Transliteration:
Pronounciation:
ghay
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
Definition:
soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application); country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world; contracted from a primary word

will have been
Strongs:
Lexicon:
εἰμί
Greek:
ἔσται
Transliteration:
estai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Verb Future Middle Deponent Indicative 3rd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that will happen - by a person or thing being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. I. As substantive verb. 1) Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28. 2) Of times, events, etc, to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al. 3) to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al. 4) Impers, ἔστι, ἦν, etc; (a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al; with dative (of the possessor; Bl, §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al; (b) with inf, = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.). II. As copula uniting subject and predicate. 1) Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult. 2) Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.). 3) C. genitive: qual, etc, Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al; part, 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss, Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19. 4) C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al. 5) C. ptcp, as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl, §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); (a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al; (b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf, as in Heb. and Aram; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult, id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f, 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al; (with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9. 6) Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al. 7) C. adv: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al. 8) Ellipses; (a) of the copula (Bl, §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al; (b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ, ἔν, πάρ, συμ-πάρ, σύν-ειμι). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί (sum), Aeolic dialect ἔμμι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect ἠμί [Refs]; 2nd pers. singular εἶ, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰς [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Doric dialect ἐσσί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἐστί, Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἐστόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἐσμέν, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰμέν (also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect εἰμές [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἰσί (-ίν), Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ἔασι (-ιν) [Refs 8th c.BC+], Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also in middle form ἔσσο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔστω (ἤτω [LXX+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων [Refs 8th c.BC+], and early Attic dialect Inscrr, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]subjunctive ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, Epic dialect ἔω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+], also Boeotian dialect ἔνθω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 3rd.pers. plural ὦντι [Refs], Boeotian dialect ἴωνθι [Refs 6th c.BC+], -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. [Refs]; 3rd.pers. dual εἴτην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural εἶμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural εἶτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἶεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Elean ἔα, ={εἴη}, [Refs 6th c.BC+]infinitive εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ἔμμεναι (also Aeolic dialect ἔμμεν᾽ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect εἶμεν Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle ὤν, Epic dialect ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Boeotian dialect feminine ἰῶσα [Refs], Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect feminine ἔσσα [Refs 7th c.BC+] (also Ionic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative singular εἴς in [Refs 7th c.BC+]: imperfect ἦν [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] (uncertain in Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] is required by metre in [Refs 8th c.BC+], whence Hom.and later Ionic dialect ἔᾱ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. singular ἦεν, always with ν in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔην as 1st pers. singular, only [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular ἦσθα, later ἦς (which is variant in [NT+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἦν, Epic dialect ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (see. above), Doric dialect and Aeolic dialect ἦς [Refs 7th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἤστην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 1st pers. plural ἦμες [Refs 1st c.AD+]; 2nd pers. plural ἦτε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἦσαν, Ionic dialect and poetical ἔσαν (in [Refs 8th c.BC+], but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, see below see, but is 3rd.pers. plural in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔον [NT+5th c.BC+], 2nd pers. singular ἦσο [Refs], 3rd.pers. singular ἦστο [Refs], 1st pers. plural ἤμεθα [NT+3rd c.BC+]; subjunctive ὦμαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect also ἔσκον, used by [Refs 4th c.BC+]future ἔσομαι, ἔσται, Epic dialect and Aeolic dialect also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσετα; Aeolic dialect 2nd pers. singular ἔσσῃ probably in [Refs 8th c.BC+], infinitive ἐσσεῖσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] —All forms of the present indicative are enclitic (except 2nd pers. singular εἶ and 3rd.pers. plural ἔασι); but 3rd.pers. singular is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ᾽, Hdn.Gr.[Refs]; later Grammars wrote ἔστι as substantive Verb, [Refs 9th c.AD+] A) as the substantive Verb, A.I) of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔτ᾽ εἰσί they are still in being,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί he is no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long-lived, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὄντες the living, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὁ ὤν the [LXX+8th c.BC+]; ἐσσόμενοι posterity,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ Τροία [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων [Refs]; τὰ ὄντα property, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ. future revenue from, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, [NT]; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, [Refs]; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.[Refs] A.II) of the real world, be, opposed to become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὄν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to τὸ μὴ ὄν, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄνindeclinable, τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.II.2) of circumstances, events, etc, to happen, τά τ᾽ ἐόντα, τά τ᾽ ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, [Refs]; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, [Refs]; τί ἐστι; what is it? what's the matter? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτ; how came it to pass? [Refs 5th c.BC+] things are as they are, i.e. are ill, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III) be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in participle, τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) followed by the relative, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὃς. ἀπαλάλκοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, ={οὐδενί}, [Refs 4th c.BC+], = Latin sunt qui, used exactly like{ἔνιοι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; the singular Verb is used even with masculine and feminine plural, ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more frequently in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶ παρ᾽ οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = Latin est ubi, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in questions expecting a negative answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπω; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) ἦν is sometimes used with plural masculine and feminine, usually at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ᾽ ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦν δ᾽ ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι epigram cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before dual Nouns, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ἔστι impersonal, with infinitive, it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (i.e. πιθέσθαι)[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in imperative, optative, and subjunctive, ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by ὥστε with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with accusative et infinitive, ἁδόντα δ᾽ εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes not impersonal in this sense, θάλασσα δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν [Refs] A.VI.b) ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) most frequently, to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in the phrase τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν [Refs 1st c.AD+] twice five are ten, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, see at {τι; οὐδὲν εἶναι} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) periphrastic with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with perfect participle once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔσται δεδορκώς[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with aorist participle, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with present participle, ἦν προκείμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ ἐστί. φέρο; [Refs 5th c.BC+] — if the _Article_ is joined with the Part, the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) εἶναι is frequently modified in sense by the addition of adverbs, or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps: C.I) εἶναι with adverbs, where the adverb often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] it fared ill with them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II) with genitive, to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ᾽ εἴμ᾽ ἀγαθοῖο [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II.b) to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of, [Refs].ή, etc. C.II.c) to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.II.d) to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου [Refs 4th c.BC+]; to be de pendent upon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ [Refs] C.II.e) to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like, οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.f) in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν [LXX]; ἔσεσθαι, with genitive, to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε [LXX] C.III) with the dative, ἐστί μοι I have, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III.2) with two datives, σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σο; Latin quid tecum est mihi? [NT]; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (i.e. ἐστίν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, [Refs] C.III.3) with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc, added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.IV) with Preps, εἶναι ἀπό τινος, ={εἶναί τινος}[Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἀπ᾽ οἴκου to be away from, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.2) εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ᾽ ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3) εἶναι ἐν. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3.b) ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.4) εἶναι διά, much like{εἶναι ἐν}, εἶναι διὰ φόβου, ={φοβεῖσθαι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ ὄχλου, ={ὀχληρὸν εἶναι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ αἰτίας, ={αἰτιᾶσθαι}, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; Geometry texts, pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.IV.5) εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, see above 3 b. C.IV.6) εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to suit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν[Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.7) εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (assuming variant). C.IV.8) εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.9) περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.IV.10) εἶναι ἀπό, in Geometry texts, to be constructed upon, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] D) ἐστί is very frequently omitted, mostly in the present indicative before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc, and after the neuter of Verbals in -τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less frequently with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐσμέν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰσί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; subjunctive ᾖ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative εἴη, [Refs]; imperfect ἦν, [Refs]; future ἔσονται, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E) the Inf. frequently seems redundant, E.1) in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (see. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+] E.2) after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+] F) imperfect ἦνissts. used where other languages take the present, F.1) after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἦσθ᾽ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦ; what is this? [Refs 5th c.BC+], used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dative in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, [Refs] G) ἐγώ εἰμι, in [LXX]
Strongs
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimí
Pronounciation:
i-mee'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
I exist (used only when emphatic); am, have been, X it is I, was; the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb

loosed
Strongs:
Lexicon:
λύω
Greek:
λελυμένα
Transliteration:
lelumena
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to loose
Morphhology:
Verb Perfect Passive Participle Nominative Plural Neuter
Grammar:
an ACTION that was done to neuter people or things that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
λύω
Transliteration:
luō
Gloss:
to loose
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λύω [in LXX for פָּתַח, נָתַר hi, etc;] 1) to loose, unbind, release: of things, Mrk.1:7, Luk.3:16, al; of beasts, Mat.21:2, Luk.13:15, al; of persons, Jhn.11:44, Act.22:30; of Satan, Rev.20:3, 7; metaphorically, of the marriage tie, 1Co.7:27; of one diseased, Luk.13:16; of release from sin, Rev.1:5, WH, R, txt. (see: λούω). 2) To resolve a whole into its parts, loosen, dissolve, break up, destroy: Jhn.2:19, Act.27:41, Rev.5:2; metaphorically, 2Pe.3:11; of an assembly, to dismiss: Act.13:43; τ. μεσότοιχον τ. φραγμοῦ, Eph.2:14; τ. στοιχεῖα, 2Pe.3:10; οὐρανοί, 2Pe.3:12; τ. ἔργα τ. διαβόλου, 1Jn.3:8; τ. ὠδῖνας τ. θανάτου, Act.2:24; of laws, etc, to break, annul, cancel (MM, xvi): ἐντολήν, Mat.5:19; τ. νόμον, Jhn.7:23; τ. σάββατον, Jhn.5:18; τ. γραφήν, Jhn.10:35. (cf. ἀνα, ἀπο, δια, ἐκ, ἐπι, κατα, παρα-λύω.) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
λύω
Transliteration:
luō
Gloss:
to loose
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λύω, poetry imperative λῦθι [Refs 5th c.BC+]future λύσω [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist ἔλῡσα [Refs]: perfect λέλῠκα [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc:— passive, perfect λέλῠμαι [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: pluperfect ἐλελύμην [ῠ] [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: aorist ἐλύθην, Epic dialect λύθην [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future λῠθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist passive λύμην [ῠ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λύτο [ῠ[Refs]; λύντο [Refs]: also 3rd.pers. singular optative perfect λελῦτο [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, future λύσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist ἐλυσάμην [Refs]perfect passive λέλῦμαι in middle sense, [Refs 4th c.BC+]future λύσομαι in passive sense, (δια-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]—Homer uses all tenses except perfect active, present and future passive [In present and imperfect ῡ always in Attic dialect, ῠ mostly in Epic dialect, though [Refs 8th c.BC+] has ῡ twice, ἔλῡεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in compounds, ἀλλῡεσκεν [Refs]future and aorist 1 ῡ always: in other tenses ῠ always, except in the forms λελῦτο, λῦτο (see. above).] (Cf. Latin luo (pay), re-luo, solvo (for se-luo), solūtus, etc.):—loosen: I) of things, unbind, unfasten, especially clothes and armour, λῦσε δέ οἱ ζωστῇρα, θώρηκα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λ. παρθενίην ζώνην loose the maiden-girdle, of the husband after marriage, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of the wife, λύοι χαλινὸν ὑφ᾽ ἥρωϊ παρθενίας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently of the tackling of ships, λ. πρυμνήσια, ἱστία, λαῖφος, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λ. πρύμνας, νεῶν πόδα, [Refs 5th c.BC+], of ships, set sail, λῦε, κυβερνήτα [Refs]; ἀσκὸν λ. untie a skin (used as a bag), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λ. ἡνίαν slacken the rein, [Refs]; κλῄθρων λυθέντων when the gates have been opened, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. γράμματα, δέλτον, open a letter, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. πέδας, δεσμά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀρτάνας. δέρης ἔλυσαν loosed it from my neck,[Refs 5th c.BC+] —middle, ἀπὸ στήθεσφιν ἐλύσατο κεστὸν ἱμάντα undid her belt, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but λύοντο τεύχεα they undid the armour for themselves, i.e. stripped it off (others), [Refs]; later λυσαμένα πλοκαμῖδας unbinding her hair, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] I.b) in various phrases, στόμα λ. open the mouth, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. βλεφάρων ἕδραν wake up, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ὀφρύν unfold the brow, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of living beings, I.2.a) of horses, etc, unyoke, unharness, opposed to ζεύγνυμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξ ὀχέων, ὑπὲξ ὀχέων, [Refs 8th c.BC+] unyoke our horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λύε μώνυχας ἵππους loosed them, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λ. κύνα let him loose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) of men, release, deliver, especially from bonds or prison, and so, generally, from difficulty or danger, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ λύσων he that shall deliver, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also λ. δόμους ἁβρότατος rob the house of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. τινὰ τῆς ἀρχῆς depose him from, [Refs 1st c.BC+]:—middle, properly get one loosed or set free, λύσασθαί τινα δυσφροσυνάων [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, λυθῆναι τὰς πέδας [Refs 1st c.BC+]; λέλυται γὰρ λαὸς ἐλεύθερα βάζειν, ὡς ἐλύθη ζυγὸν ἀλκᾶς has been let loose to speak, since the yoke was loosed, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I.2.c) of prisoners, release on receipt of ransom, admit to ransom, release, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Σαρπηδόνος ἔντεα καλὰ λύσειαν would give them up, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀνὴρ ἀντ᾽ ἀνδρὸς λυθείς [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, release by payment of ransom, get a person released, redeem, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἑαυτοὺς λ. pay their own ransom, [Refs]; buy from a pimp, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.d) λελύσθαι τῶν νόμων, = Latin legibus solvi, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) give up, [θρόνον] λῦσον ἄμμιν [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) resolve a whole into its parts, dissolve, break up, λ. ἀγορήν dissolve the assembly, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, λῦτο δ᾽ ἀγών [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὶν [ἂν]. ἡ ἀγορὰ (market) λυθῇ [Refs 2nd c.BC+] II.2) of concrete objects, σπάρτα λέλυνται, i. e. have rotted, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λ. τὴν σχεδίην break it up, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [τὴν γέφυραν] [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) especially of physical strength, loosen, i. e. weaken, relax, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα made his limbs slack or loose, i. e. killed him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but οἵ μοι καμάτῳ. γούνατ᾽ ἔλυσαν made my knees weak with toil, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —passive, λύντο δὲ γυῖα, etc, as the effect of death, sleep, weariness, fear, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.3.b) λύει βλέφαρα closes her eyes in sleep, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.c) metaphorically, λ. τὴν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς πρὸς μάχην παρασκευήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) undo, bring to naught, destroy, πολίων κάρηνα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: generally, put an end to, νείκεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; βίον, i.e. die, [Refs]; αἰῶν᾽ ἔλυσε, i.e. died, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μαχας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; forgive, ἁμαρτήματα [LXX] II.4.b) in Prose, λ. νόμους repeal or annul laws, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐθὲν τῶν περὶ τὴν πολιτείαν[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπεὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδὰς λελύσθαι μοι δοκεῖ ἡ ἐκείνων ὕβρις καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα ὑποψία [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rescind a vote, ψῆφον λύει ὁ νόμος [Refs 4th c.BC+]; revoke a will, διαθήκην [Refs 4th c.BC+] (but in passive, to be opened, of a will, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; unbind a spell, [Refs 4th c.AD+] —passive, λέλυται πάντα all ties are broken, all is in confusion, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.4.c) as a technical term, solve a difficulty, a problem, a question, λύεται ἡ ἀπορία [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4.d) refute an argument, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4.e) unravel the plot of a tragedy, opposed to πλέκειν, [Refs] II.4.f) λ. τὴν φάσιν, of the Moon, pass out of, [Refs] II.5) break a legal agreement or obligation, τὸν νόμον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σίς κε τὰς ϝρήτας τάσδε λύση whoso breaks this agreement, [Refs] II.6) in physical sense, dissolve, λύθεν, opposed to πάγεν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ θερμὸν λύει, opposed to πήγνυσι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀμμωνιακὸν ὄξει λύσας [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; melt, παγείσας χιόνας [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.7) of medicines, λ. τὴν κοιλίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so of the effects of terror, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.8) resolve [musical notation] into [musical notation], in passive, [Refs 1st c.AD+] III) solve, fulfil, accomplish, τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ μαντεῖα [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) atone for, make up for, τὰς πρότερον ἁμαρτίας [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, τῶν πάλαι πεπραγμένων λύσασθ᾽ αἷμα. δίκαις [Refs 4th c.BC+] V) μισθὸν λύειν pay wages in full, quit oneself of them, used only in cases of obligation, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V.2) τέλη λύειν, ={λυσιτελεῖν}, pay, profit. avail, ἔνθα μὴ τέλη λύει φρονοῦντι where it boots not to be wise, [Refs 5th c.BC+], construed like{λυσιτελεῖ}, absolutely, λύει δ᾽ ἄλγος [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, πῶς οὖν λύει. ἐπιβάλλει; [Refs]; ἐμοί τελύειτοῖσιμέλλουσιν τέκνοις τὰ ζῶντ᾽ ὀνῆσαι it is good for me to benefit my living children by means of those to come,[Refs 2nd c.BC+]infinitive, λύει γὰρ ἡμᾶς οὐδέν, οὐδ᾽ ἐπωφελεῖ. θανεῖν it is not expedient that we should die (οὐδ᾽ ἐπωφελεῖ being parenthetic), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare λυσιτελέω.
Strongs
Word:
λύω
Transliteration:
lýō
Pronounciation:
loo'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to "loosen" (literally or figuratively); break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off; a primary verb

in
Strongs:
Greek:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν, prep, (the most frequently of all in NT), with dative (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, with abl.). I. Of place, with dative of thing(s), of person(s), in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Luk.7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mat.7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mat.12:40; τ. ὄρει, 2Pe.1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Rev.3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Rom.8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν, Luk.1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Gal.3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mat.12:5, al; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Luk.2:49; trop, of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mat.5:28, 2Co.4:6, al; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, 2Co.5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς (constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl; cf. Bl, §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω. ἐν, Mat.10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom, Il., i, 441, al.), Jhn.3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Luk.9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Luk.7:17. II. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc: ἐν ζωῇ, Rom.5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, 1Jn.3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, 1Pe.1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mrk.5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Php.4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Jas.3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, 1Co.2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mrk.4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jhn.15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Rom.12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dative in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Luk.14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Act.7:14); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mrk.12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Jas.2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Luk.22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, 1Co.4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen, Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως), Luk.18:8 (cf. Bl, §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Rom.8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mrk.1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Rom.3:24, 6:11, 1Co.3:1, 4:10, 2Co.12:2, Gal.2:17, Eph.6:21, Col.4:7, 1Th.4:16, al. III. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—see LS, see word Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dative), 1Co.6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mat.9:34; ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mat.3:11, al; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ, ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr, II, which some would classify here), Rev.13:10 (cf. 6:8). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας. ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, see word בְּ, III, 3), Rev.5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.with; M, Pr., 104), Mat.10:32, Luk.12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. accusative, so Jas.5:12), Mat.5:34, al; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mrk.4:8 (WH; vv. ll, εἰς, ἒν), Act.7:14 (LXX). IV. Of time, (a) in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jhn.11:9, al; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mat.12:2, al; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jhn.4:31; (b) at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, 1Co.15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mat.22:28; (with) with art. inf, (α) present (so sometimes in cl, but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mat.13:4, Mrk.6:48, Gal.4:18, al; (β) aor, when, after: Luk.9:36, al; (d) within (cl.): Mat.27:40, V. In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (before ἐν) or motion into (before εἰς), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν, poetry ἐνί, εἰν, εἰνί [Refs 8th c.BC+], forms used by Epic dialect and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as falsa lectio in Trag, εἰν [Refs 5th c.BC+] ἰν [Refs] ) PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into. A) WITH DAT. A.I) OF PLACE, A.I.1) in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of, ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι [Refs] in my arms, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ᾽ ἐν σαυτῷ (variant -τοῦ) γενοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.1.b) ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.2) elliptic, in such phrases as ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο [NT+8th c.BC+]; ἐν παιδοτρίβου, ἐν κιθαριστοῦ, at the school of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν γειτόνων (see. γείτων) ἐν αὑτοῦ (αὑτῷ codex Rav.) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) in, within, surrounded by, οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν ὅπλοισι in or under arms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of particular kinds of arms, ἐν τόξοις, ἀκοντίοις, etc, equipped with them, uncertain in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν μεγάλοις φορτίοις βαδίζειν καὶ τρέχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) on, at or by, ἐν ποταμῷ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νευρὴ ἐν τόξῳ the string on the bow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατεκλάσθη ἐνὶ καυλῷ ἔγχος was broken off at or by the shaft,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν οἴνῳ at wine, probably in [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.5) in the number of, amongst, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and with Verbs of ruling, ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν ἦρχ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for ἐν τοῖς with _superlative_, V. ὁ. A.I.5.b) in the presence of, ἐν πᾶσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέγειν ἐν ἀνδράσιν (of a woman) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a trial, διαγωνίζεσθαι, διαδικάζεσθαι ἔν τισι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) in one's hands, within one's reach or power, νίκης πείρατ᾽ ἔχονται ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι [Refs 8th c.BC+], with infinitive, it depends on him to, rests with him to, ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἢ. ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶν πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις depend on this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔν γ᾽ ἐμοί so far as rests with me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν ἐμοί in my judgement, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν θεοῖς καλά in the eyes of the gods, [Refs] A.I.7) in respect of, ἐν πάντεσσ᾽ ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν γήρᾳ σύμμετρός τινι in point of age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἐμοὶ θρασύς in my case, towards me, [Refs]; ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάθησις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also οὐδὲν δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ stop with me, [Refs] A.I.8) in a pregnant construction with Verbs of motion, into; implying both motion to and subsequent position in a place, ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν fell [to the dust and lay] in it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βαλεῖν[Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χωρίῳ ἐμπεπτωκώς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, with Verbs of coming and going, διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ [LXX+2nd c.AD+] is falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.9) πίνειν ἐν ποτηρίῳ to drink from a cup, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.I.10) ἄργυρος ἐν ἐκπώμασι silver in the form of plate, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐμ φέρνῃ, ἐν θέματι, as a dowry, pledge, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.I.11) in citations, ἐν τοῦ σκήπτρου τῇ παραδόσει in the passage of the [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) OF STATE, CONDITION or POSITION: A.II.1) of outward circumstances, ἐν πολέμῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν γένει εἶναί τινι to be related to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of occupations, pursuits, ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ εἶναι to be engaged in philosophy, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν ποιήσι γενόμενοι poets, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι ministers of state, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλει the magistrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μάντις ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ in the practice of it, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of inward states, of feeling, etc, ἐν φιλότητι, ἐν δοιῇ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά to make him the object of one's anger, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to blame him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν αἰτίᾳ εἶναι to have the blame, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) frequently with neuter adjective, ἐν βραχεῖ, ={βραχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τάχει, ={ταχέως}, [Refs]; ἐν καλῷ ἐστί, ={καλῶς ἔχει}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ [ἐστί] [Refs]; ἐν εὐμαρεῖ [ἐστί] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ, ={ἴσως, ἐν ὁμοίῳ}, ={ὁμοίως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν κενοῖς, ={κενῶς}, [Refs] substantive, ἐν δίκᾳ, ={δικαίως}, opposed to παρὰ δίκαν[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) OF THE INSTRUMENT, MEANS or MANNER, ἐν πυρὶ πρήσαντες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but in most cases the originally sense may be traced, to put in the fire and burn, infetters and bind, etc; so ἐν πόνοις δαμέντα [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλα[Refs]; also ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὄμμασιν ὁρᾶσθαι, ἰδέσθαι, to see with or before one's eyes, i.e. have the object in one's eye, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also ἐν λιταῖς by prayers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν δόλῳ by deceit, [Refs]; ἐν λόγοις by words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially with Verbs of showing, σημαίνειν ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ οἰωνοῖς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πραχθέντα. ἐν. ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε ye know by letters, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) of a personal instrument, ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια [NT] A.IV) OF TIME, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν τούτῳ (i.e. τῷ χρόνῶ) in this space of time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ᾧ (i.e. χρόνῳ) during the time that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς in the time of the truce, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the course of the mysteries, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.b) ἐν ἄρχοντι Μητροδώρῳ during the archonship of M, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.IV.2) in, within, ἐν ἡμέρῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις in, i.e. after, countless days, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) OF NUMBERS generally, ἐν δυσὶ σταδίοις within two stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V.2) with genitive of price, ἐν δύο ταλάντων [LXX] A.V.3) amounting to, προῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B) WITH Acc, into, on, for, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; also poetry, ἐν πάντα νόμον [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) WITHOUT CASE, AS adverb, in the phrase ἐν δέ, C.1) and therein, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.2) and among them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.3) and besides, moreover (not in Attic dialect Prose), [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.4) ἔνι, ={ἔνεστι, ἔνεισι}, [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) POSITION: ἐν frequently stands between its substantive and the adjective agreeing therewith, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: without an adjective, τῷ δ᾽ ἐν ἐρινεός ἐστι μέγας [Refs 8th c.BC+] between substantive and genitive, χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος [Refs]--One or more independent words sometimes come between the preposition and its dative, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), E.I) with Verbs, the preposition mostly retains its sense of being in or at a place, etc, with dative, or followed by εἰς, or ἐν: in such forms as ἐνορᾶν τινί τι, in translating, we resolve the compound, to remark a thing in one. E.I.b) also, at a person, ἐγγελᾶν, ἐνυβρίζειν τινί. E.I.2) with adjectives, it expresses E.I.2.a) a modified degree, as in ἔμπηλος, ἔμπικρος, ἔνσιμος, rather. E.I.2.b) the possession of a quality, as in ἔναιμος with blood in it, ἐνάκανθος thorny: ἔμφωνος with a voice: ἔννομος in accordance with law, etc. E.II) ἐν becomes ἐμ- before the labials β μ π φ ; ἐγ- before the gutturals γ κ ξ ; ἐλ- before ; ἐρ- before ; rarely ἐσ- before ; but Inscrr. and Papyri often preserve ἐν- in all these cases.
Strongs
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Pronounciation:
en
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
"in," at, (up-)on, by, etc.; about, after, against, + almost, X altogether, among, X as, at, before, between, (here-)by (+ all means), for (… sake of), + give self wholly to, (here-)in(-to, -wardly), X mightily, (because) of, (up-)on, (open-)ly, X outwardly, one, X quickly, X shortly, (speedi-)ly, X that, X there(-in, -on), through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), under, when, where(-with), while, with(-in); a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between g1519 (εἰς) and g1537 (ἐκ))

<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Greek:
τῷ
Transliteration:
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a specific male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=ko] Minor not translated from KJV and other sources, absent in Nestlé-Aland sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
, , τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article

heaven.
Strongs:
Lexicon:
οὐρανός
Greek:
οὐρανῷ.
Transliteration:
ouranō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
heaven
Morphhology:
Noun Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a male PERSON OR THING that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
οὐρανός
Transliteration:
ouranos
Gloss:
heaven
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
οὐρανός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׁמַיִם (hence, often pl, οἱ οὐ, see infr.);] heaven; 1) of the vault or firmament of heaven, the sky and the aerial regions above the earth: opposite to ἡ γῆ, Heb.1:10, 2Pe.3:5, 10; ὁ οὐ. καὶ ἡ γῆ, i.e. the world, the universe, Mat.5:18, Mrk.13:31, Luk.10:21, Act.4:24, Rev.10:6, al; ἀπ᾽ ἄκρων οὐ. ἕως ἄ. αὐτῶν (on the absence of art. aft. prep, see Bl, §46, 5), Mat.24:31; ὑπὸ τὸν οὐ, Act.2:5, Col.1:23; ὑψωθῆναι ἕως τοῦ οὐ, figuratively, Mat.11:23, Luk.10:15; σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐ, Mat.16:1, Mrk.8:11, al; αἱ νεφέλαι, Mat.24:30, al; τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐ, Mat.6:26, Mrk.4:32, al; οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐ, Rev.6:13, al; pl. (οἱ) οὐ. (Bl, §32, 5), Mat.3:16, Mrk.1:10, Jhn.1:32, 2Pe.3:7, 13 al. 2) Of the abode of God and other blessed beings: of angels, Mat.24:36, Mrk.12:25, Gal.1:8, Rev.10:1, al; of Christ glorified, Mrk.16:[19], Luk.24:51, Act.3:21, Rom.10:6, al; of God, Mat.5:34, Rom.1:18, al; ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐ. (Dalman, Words, 184ff.), Mat.5:16 6:1, al; θησαυρὸς ἐν οὐ, Mat.6:20, Mrk.10:21, al. 3) By meton, (a) of the inhabitants of heaven: Rev.18:20 (cf. ib. 12:12, Job.15:15, Isa.44:23); (b) as an evasive reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words, 204ff.): Mat.21:25, Mrk.11:30, Luk.15:18, Jhn.3:27, al; ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐ. (= τοῦ Θεοῦ); see: βασιλεία). βασιλεία, -ας, ἡ (βασιλεύω), [in LXX chiefly for מַמְלָכָה,מַלְכוּת;] 1) prop. abstract, sovereignty, royal power, dominion: Luk.1:33 22:29, Jhn.18:36, Act.1:6, Heb.1:8, 1Co.15:24; λαβεῖν β, Luk.19:12, 15 Rev.17:12; δοῦναι τὴν, ib. 17; ἔχειν β, ib. 18; ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τ. (εἰς τὴν) β, Mat.16:28, Luk.23:42; β. τ. θεοῦ, Rev.12:10. 2) By meton, concrete (MM, Exp., x), (a) a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules (Est.5:3, al.): Mat.4:8 12:25, 26 24:7, Mrk.3:24 6:23, Luk.4:5, Heb.11:33, al; (b) the royal majesty (cf. our phrase His Majesty), the king himself (τ. σπέρμα τῆς β, 4Ki.11:1). 3) In LXX (Wis.6:5, Tob.13:1, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, ἡ β. τ. θεοῦ, τ. οὐρανῶν (Heb. מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם, Aram. מַלְכוּתָא דִשׁמַיָּא; see Dalman, Words, 91-147; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two phrases, see Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218f.); τ. θεοῦ, Mat.6:33 12:28, al; τ. οὐρανῶν, Mat.3:2 4:17, al; τ. Χριστοῦ (מַלִכוּת דִמְשִׁיחא, Targ. Jon. on Isa.53:10), Eph.5:5; τ. κυρίου, 2Pe.1:11, Rev.11:15; τ. Δαυείδ, Mrk.11:10; absol, ἡ β, Mat.4:23, Jas.2:5, al. The kingdom is regarded as present: Mat.11:12, Luk.17:21, Rom.14:17, al; as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mat.6:10, Mrk.9:1, Jhn.3:5, 2Pe.1:11, al. Noteworthy phrases are: ζητεῖν τὴν β, Mat.6:33; δέχεσθαι, Mrk.10:15; κλρονομεῖν, Mat.25:34; διδόναι, Lk 12:32; παραλαμβάνειν, Heb.12:28; αὐτῶν (τοιούτων) εστὶν ἡ β, Mat.5:3, 10 19:14, Mrk.10:14, Luk.18:16; διὰ τὴν β, Mat.19:12; ἕνεκεν τῆς β, Luk.18:29; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, κηρύσσειν, διαγγέλλειν τὴν β, Luk.4:43 9:2, 60; ἤγγικεν ἡ β, Mat.3:2, Mrk.1:15; κλεῖς τῆς β, Mat.16:10; κλείειν τὴν β, Mat.23:14; υἱοὶ τῆς β, Mat.8:12 13:38 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658). \ (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὐρανός
Transliteration:
ouranos
Gloss:
heaven
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
οὐρᾰνός, ὁ, Doric dialect and Boeotian dialect ὠρανός [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ὄρανος (ὀράνω [Refs 7th c.BC+] I) heaven: in [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.1) vault or firmament of heaven, sky, γαῖα. ἐγείνατο ἶσον ἑαυτῇ οὐρανὸν ἀστερόεντα, ἵνα μιν περὶ πάντα καλύπτοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; wrapped in clouds, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; above the aether, [Refs 8th c.BC+] continued to regard it as solid (στερέμνιον), [Refs]; defined as αἰθέρος τὸ ἔσχατον by [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἠέλιος δὲ οὐρανοῦ ἐξαπόλωλε, of an eclipse, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2) heaven, as the seat of the gods, outside or above this skyey vault, the portion of Zeus (see. Ὄλυμπος),[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πύλαι οὐρανοῦ [Refs]; so, later, οἱ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ the gods of heaven, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν οὐρανῷ θεοί (viz. Sun, etc.) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νὴ τὸν οὐ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3) in common language, sky, οὐδέ τις ἄλλη φαίνετο γαιάων, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ. ἠδὲ θάλασσα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κλέος οὐρανὸν ἵκει, κλέος οὐ. εὐρὺν ἱκάνει, renown reaches to heaven,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so ὀρυμαγδός, κνίση, σκόπελος οὐρανὸν ἷκεν or ἱκάνει, [Refs 8th c.BC+] deeds of violence 'cry to heaven', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς οὐρανὸν βιβάζειν τι to exalt to heaven, [Refs]; πρὸς τὸν οὐ. ἥλλοντο leaped up on high, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) in Philos, the heavens, universe, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the heavens, [LXX] I.5) a region of heaven, climate, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) anything shaped like the vault of heaven, as, II.1) vaulted roof or ceiling, [Refs 5th c.AD+] II.2) roof of the mouth, palate, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.3) lid, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.4) tent, pavilion, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III) proper name, “Uranos”, son of Erebos and Gaia, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but husband of Gaia, parent of Cronos and the Titans (compare Οὐρανίδης),[Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
οὐρανός
Transliteration:
ouranós
Pronounciation:
oo-ran-os'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity); air, heaven(-ly), sky; perhaps from the same as g3735 (ὄρος) (through the idea of elevation)

< Matiu 18:18 >